WO2025103380A1 - Electric switch and power distribution system - Google Patents

Electric switch and power distribution system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025103380A1
WO2025103380A1 PCT/CN2024/131844 CN2024131844W WO2025103380A1 WO 2025103380 A1 WO2025103380 A1 WO 2025103380A1 CN 2024131844 W CN2024131844 W CN 2024131844W WO 2025103380 A1 WO2025103380 A1 WO 2025103380A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
contact
switch
terminal
contact support
switch according
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/131844
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
南添
南寅
谷春雷
曾伟
孙喜庆
张建楠
胡永康
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Svrui (tianjin) Electrical Equipment Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Svrui (tianjin) Electrical Equipment Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Svrui (tianjin) Electrical Equipment Co Ltd filed Critical Svrui (tianjin) Electrical Equipment Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025103380A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025103380A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H9/00Details of switching devices, not covered by groups H01H1/00 - H01H7/00
    • H01H9/30Means for extinguishing or preventing arc between current-carrying parts
    • H01H9/34Stationary parts for restricting or subdividing the arc, e.g. barrier plate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H1/00Contacts
    • H01H1/58Electric connections to or between contacts; Terminals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H19/00Switches operated by an operating part which is rotatable about a longitudinal axis thereof and which is acted upon directly by a solid body external to the switch, e.g. by a hand
    • H01H19/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H19/00Switches operated by an operating part which is rotatable about a longitudinal axis thereof and which is acted upon directly by a solid body external to the switch, e.g. by a hand
    • H01H19/02Details
    • H01H19/10Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
    • H01H19/14Operating parts, e.g. turn knob
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H3/00Mechanisms for operating contacts
    • H01H3/22Power arrangements internal to the switch for operating the driving mechanism
    • H01H3/26Power arrangements internal to the switch for operating the driving mechanism using dynamo-electric motor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H3/00Mechanisms for operating contacts
    • H01H3/32Driving mechanisms, i.e. for transmitting driving force to the contacts
    • H01H3/40Driving mechanisms, i.e. for transmitting driving force to the contacts using friction, toothed, or screw-and-nut gearing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H3/00Mechanisms for operating contacts
    • H01H3/32Driving mechanisms, i.e. for transmitting driving force to the contacts
    • H01H3/46Driving mechanisms, i.e. for transmitting driving force to the contacts using rod or lever linkage, e.g. toggle
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H9/00Details of switching devices, not covered by groups H01H1/00 - H01H7/00
    • H01H9/30Means for extinguishing or preventing arc between current-carrying parts
    • H01H9/34Stationary parts for restricting or subdividing the arc, e.g. barrier plate
    • H01H9/36Metal parts
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02BBOARDS, SUBSTATIONS OR SWITCHING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE SUPPLY OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02B1/00Frameworks, boards, panels, desks, casings; Details of substations or switching arrangements
    • H02B1/015Boards, panels, desks; Parts thereof or accessories therefor
    • H02B1/04Mounting thereon of switches or of other devices in general, the switch or device having, or being without, casing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02BBOARDS, SUBSTATIONS OR SWITCHING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE SUPPLY OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02B1/00Frameworks, boards, panels, desks, casings; Details of substations or switching arrangements
    • H02B1/26Casings; Parts thereof or accessories therefor
    • H02B1/30Cabinet-type casings; Parts thereof or accessories therefor
    • H02B1/32Mounting of devices therein

Definitions

  • the arc channel outlet of the switch is generally set above the power input terminal.
  • the arc channel inside the switch is relatively short. Under high voltage and high breaking conditions, a huge arc will be generated, which can easily cause the copper busbars on different phase poles above the terminal to short-circuit, causing the secondary arc to produce a phase-to-phase short circuit, resulting in explosions and other serious safety accidents.
  • the solution is generally to add an arc extinguishing cover to the outside of the switch.
  • the arc extinguishing cover is made of nylon material. Under the harsh use environment of new energy systems such as photovoltaics, wind power, and energy storage, it is easy to age and crack. The arc will spray outward from the crack, which can easily cause an explosion accident, causing very serious harm to people and equipment.
  • the contact opening distance in the switch electrical appliance is generally achieved by the moving contact making linear or rotational movements.
  • the contact opening distance can be increased by lengthening the moving contact or the rotation angle.
  • the larger the contact opening distance the more favorable it is for high voltage and high breaking, but it is not conducive to the miniaturization of the switch electrical appliance.
  • the switch electrical appliances in the related technology are all arranged vertically up and down, and the rotation angle of the moving contact opening distance is mostly within 40 degrees. Due to the height limitation of the switch electrical appliance, more arc extinguishing grids cannot be set.
  • the width of the multi-pole or multi-phase switch is greatly reduced, and more switches can be installed side by side in the distribution cabinet, and the number of switches arranged in the distribution cabinet is increased.
  • the reverse tunnel arc extinguishing technology is used to achieve the zero arcing performance of the switch under high voltage and high breaking, which greatly improves the safety and reliability of the switch in the distribution cabinet.
  • the composite motion technology of moving and rotating the moving contact is adopted, which can achieve a larger contact opening distance in a smaller space, and better meet the requirements of the new power system for miniaturization, high voltage, high breaking, zero arcing and other switching electrical appliances.
  • an electric switch comprising an insulating shell and internal components, the internal components at least comprising a moving contact, a contact support, a static contact, a control mechanism, a first terminal, and a second terminal, the insulating shell comprising a first cavity for accommodating the control mechanism and at least two second cavities for accommodating the moving contact, the static contact, and the contact support; the first terminal and the second terminal are respectively arranged at two ends of the second cavity; the first cavity and a plurality of second cavities are arranged in an up-down stack, and the first cavity is arranged above the plurality of second cavities; the static contact is directly or indirectly connected to the first terminal or/and the second terminal; the first terminal or/and the second terminal is provided with a clamping device or a pressure plate device or a screw crimping device or a lifting device; the central axis or the central axis of the first terminal or the second terminal arranged up and down in different phases or poles is coaxially arranged or non-coaxially
  • the wiring terminals can adopt different wiring structures, and the central axis of the upper and lower wiring terminals can be coaxial or non-coaxial.
  • the wiring methods are diverse, and the amount of transfer copper busbars in the distribution cabinet can be greatly saved, which greatly improves the efficiency of manual installation, reduces labor hours, and reduces the cost of the distribution cabinet.
  • the present application further discloses a power distribution system, comprising a plurality of conductive bars and at least one electrical switch, wherein a plurality of first terminals of the at least one electrical switch are directly or indirectly connected to the plurality of conductive bars.
  • the present application utilizes the length space of the switch to form a reverse tunnel-type arc channel, so that the remaining short arc after being cut by the arc extinguishing chamber can enter the reverse tunnel-type arc channel driven by the airflow generated by the disconnection, so that the remaining short arc can be completely dissipated and absorbed in the arc channel, thereby enabling the switch to achieve zero arcing performance under high voltage and high current.
  • the present application arranges an arc extinguishing chamber on the reverse tunnel arc channel, and makes full use of the length direction of the switch to arrange more arc extinguishing grids, so that the number of arc extinguishing grids is increased by more than 60%.
  • the arc extinguishing grids use metal grids to cut the arc into several short arcs.
  • the near-cathode effect of the AC arc and the near-pole voltage drop of the DC arc are used to increase the arc voltage to reduce the fault current, thereby accelerating the arc extinction. It has a strong current limiting capability and can disconnect higher voltages and larger currents.
  • the zero arcing performance of the electric switch of the present application under high voltage and high current can reduce the safety distance between the multi-pole electric switch and other conductive parts in the distribution cabinet, and solve the problem of waste of space and conductive bars in the distribution cabinet due to the long arcing distance of the multi-pole electric switch and the large safety distance when installed in the distribution cabinet.
  • the mechanism of the electric switch of the present application enables the moving contact to move in the horizontal direction at an angle of more than 80 degrees, which is twice the angle of the switch of the existing technology.
  • the length of the moving contact is designed to be more than 50% shorter than that of the switch of the related technology.
  • the inlet and outlet terminals of the electric switch of the present application are stacked in the height direction at the same height as the conductive bus in the distribution cabinet.
  • the switch terminals can be directly connected to the conductive bus, eliminating the transfer copper bus used to connect the original distribution cabinet and the switch, thereby reducing the cost of the overall distribution cabinet by more than 30%.
  • the electric switch of the present application is easy to install in the cabinet and connect with the conductive bar in the cabinet, which can greatly reduce the man-hours for cabinet installation, thereby reducing the overall cost of the distribution cabinet.
  • the operating handle of the electric switch of the present application can be directly set as a rotating handle.
  • the rotating handle adopts a horizontal rotating handle, which is parallel to the top plane of the switch insulating part, increases the force arm, reduces the hand force, and the human hand can hold the handle tightly to operate. It not only adapts to the human hand's force method and saves effort in operation, but also the rotating handle can be rotated at a large angle, which is easy to identify the specific opening and closing position and tripping position of the switch.
  • the electric switch of the present application can realize remote control and remote completion of the switch opening and closing operations by setting an electric control mechanism, reducing direct contact with high-voltage equipment and improving operational safety. In addition, electric operation can reduce manual operation and improve operational efficiency.
  • FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a switch device 100′ of the related art
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a switch device 100' of the related art
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a switch device 100' of the related art installed side by side in a power distribution cabinet;
  • FIG4 is a perspective schematic diagram of a three-pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG5 is an exploded schematic diagram of the three-pole switch in FIG4 ;
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wiring accessories in FIG4;
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the first pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the moving contact disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of another structure of the movable contact disclosed in the first embodiment.
  • FIG10 is a schematic structural diagram of the moving contact assembly disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the contact support disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the first pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG13 is another schematic diagram of the structure of the electric switch disclosed in the first embodiment.
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the contact support in FIG13;
  • FIG15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of multiple contact supports after splicing disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG16 is a schematic structural diagram of a plurality of contact supports connected to a multi-link mechanism after being spliced together according to the first embodiment
  • FIG17 is a schematic structural diagram of the multi-link mechanism disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the gear and rack transmission cooperation disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG19 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the multi-link mechanism disclosed in the first embodiment and the rotary handle;
  • FIG20 is a schematic structural diagram of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the three-pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG21 is a schematic structural diagram of the movable contact and the stationary contact in the open position disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG22 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the arc extinguishing chamber disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG23 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the arc extinguishing chamber disposed in the insulating housing and the arc channel disclosed in the first embodiment;
  • FIG24 is a schematic diagram of other structures of the arc extinguishing chamber.
  • FIG25 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the overload release disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG26 is a schematic structural diagram of an overload release device disclosed in the first embodiment being arranged in an insulating housing;
  • FIG27 is a schematic structural diagram of the linkage between multiple overload releases and a multi-link mechanism disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG28 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the three-pole switch and the conductive bar disclosed in the first embodiment
  • FIG29 is a schematic diagram of the electrical switch structure disclosed in the second embodiment.
  • FIG30 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of the switch in FIG29;
  • FIG31 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the multi-link mechanism of the present application and the push-pull handle disclosed in the third embodiment;
  • FIG32 is a schematic structural diagram of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the two-pole switch disclosed in the fourth embodiment
  • FIG33 is a schematic structural diagram of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the two-pole switch disclosed in the fifth embodiment
  • 34 and 35 are schematic structural diagrams of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the four-pole switch disclosed in the sixth embodiment
  • FIG43 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electrical switch disclosed in the eleventh embodiment.
  • FIG44 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twelfth embodiment.
  • 45 and 46 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the thirteenth embodiment.
  • FIG47 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electrical switch disclosed in a fourteenth embodiment.
  • 48, 49 and 50 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in a fifteenth embodiment
  • FIG51 is a schematic structural diagram of the electrical switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment in a free tripping state
  • FIG52 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the electric switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment in the re-fastening state
  • FIG53 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the electric switch in the closed state according to the fifteenth embodiment.
  • FIG54 is a schematic structural diagram of a guide rod disclosed in a fifteenth embodiment
  • FIG55 is a schematic structural diagram of a power assist member disclosed in a fifteenth embodiment
  • FIG56 is a structural schematic diagram of the auxiliary switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment, in which the switch is installed in the second cavity and is in a closed state;
  • FIG57 is a schematic structural diagram of the auxiliary switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment, in which the switch is installed in the second cavity and is in an open or free tripping state;
  • FIG59 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in a seventeenth embodiment.
  • 60 and 61 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the eighteenth embodiment.
  • 64, 65 and 66 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twentieth embodiment.
  • 67 and 68 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-first embodiment.
  • 69 to 72 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-second embodiment.
  • 73 to 75 are schematic structural diagrams of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-third embodiment.
  • 76 and 77 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-fourth embodiment.
  • FIG78 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-fifth embodiment.
  • 79 and 80 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-sixth embodiment.
  • 81 and 82 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-seventh embodiment.
  • FIG83 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between an electrical switch and a conductive bar disclosed in the twenty-seventh embodiment
  • FIG84 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-eighth embodiment.
  • 85 and 86 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-ninth embodiment.
  • FIG87 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electrical switch disclosed in the thirtieth embodiment.
  • 88 and 89 are schematic diagrams of the structure of the connection between the electrical switch and the conductive bar disclosed in the thirtieth embodiment
  • Figure 90 is a schematic structural diagram of a pressing plate device
  • FIG91 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of an electric switch disclosed in the thirty-first embodiment.
  • FIG92 is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the transmission shaft, the connecting shaft and the contact support in FIG91;
  • FIG93 is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the connection shaft and the contact support in FIG91;
  • FIG94 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a screw crimping device in conjunction with a conductive bar having a protrusion or a groove on one side for connecting to an electrical switch;
  • FIG95 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a screw clamping device with a conductive connecting strip in conjunction with a flat straight strip conductive bar connected to an electrical switch;
  • FIG96 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the pulling device in conjunction with a straight planar conductive bar connected to an electrical switch;
  • FIG97 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the lifting device and the conductive bar with a protrusion on one side connected to the electrical switch;
  • FIG98 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the pressure plate device in conjunction with the straight strip conductive bar connected to the electrical switch;
  • Figure 99 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a screw crimping device in conjunction with a straight strip of perforated conductive bar connected to an electrical switch.
  • FIG1-2 shows a schematic diagram 100' of a multi-pole switch device according to the related art.
  • the length, width and height of the multi-pole switch device 100' are arranged along the X, Y and Z directions respectively, and the inlet terminal 10' and the outlet terminal 20' are arranged flat along the width (Y) direction of the switch device 100'.
  • the moving contact 30' is driven by the operating mechanism 50' to rotate up and down along the height (Z) direction to connect or disconnect the electricity with the static contact 40'.
  • the main defect of this scheme is that the moving contact 30' can only rotate simply, and the contact opening distance that can be achieved in a limited space is small, and the size of the contact opening distance has a decisive influence on the breaking capacity and insulation performance of the switch. Therefore, if the scheme of the switch device 100' does not increase the external dimensions, it is difficult to further increase the contact opening distance, and increasing the external dimensions cannot meet the requirements of miniaturization in practical applications.
  • the switch devices 100' are usually installed side by side in the distribution cabinet along the width direction, and multiple switch devices 100' are electrically connected to the conductive bus in the cabinet through the transfer copper busbar, as shown in FIG3.
  • the width of the distribution cabinet is generally set uniformly according to the standard.
  • the width of the switch device is relatively large, and the number of switches that can be installed side by side in a limited width space is relatively small.
  • the switch devices are installed in the distribution cabinet.
  • the incoming line end 10' of 100' is laid flat along the width (Y) direction.
  • the present application provides an electrical switch, which can be a multi-pole switch for direct current or a multi-phase switch for alternating current.
  • the electrical switch stacks a first cavity and a plurality of second cavities, and stacks a first terminal and a second terminal in a height direction, thereby reducing the width of the conventional switch device.
  • the electric switch 100 is a three-pole electric switch, including an insulating shell and internal components, the internal components at least including a moving contact 20, a contact support 21, a stationary contact 30, a control mechanism, a first terminal 40, and a second terminal 50.
  • control mechanism is a mechanical control mechanism, at least including a multi-link mechanism 104
  • the insulating shell includes a first cavity 150 for accommodating the multi-link mechanism 104 and at least two second cavities 160 for accommodating the moving contact, the stationary contact and the contact support;
  • the first terminal 40 and the second terminal 50 are respectively arranged at two ends of the second cavity 160, the first cavity 150 and the three second cavities 160 are arranged in an up-and-down stack, and the first cavity 150 Arranged above the three second cavities 160, the first cavity and the second cavity are each composed of two insulating parts.
  • the first and second terminals are respectively provided at both ends of the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 and the third pole switch 103.
  • the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 are pressure plate devices 110.
  • the multiple pressure plate devices 110 at at least one end of the electrical switch are arranged up and down at different phase poles, and the central axes of the multiple pressure plate devices 110 arranged up and down are arranged on different axes, that is, the central axis P1 of the pressure plate device at one end of the first pole switch 101, the central axis P2 of the pressure plate device at one end of the second pole switch 102, and the central axis P3 of the pressure plate device at one end of the third pole switch 103 are not on the same straight line.
  • the multiple pressure plate devices 110 are stacked along the height Z direction of the switch and are mutually staggered along the width Y direction of the switch. Such a setting can greatly save the amount of transfer copper bars in the distribution cabinet, greatly improve the efficiency of manual installation and reduce labor hours, and reduce the cost of the distribution cabinet.
  • the pressure plate device 110 includes a wiring terminal and a wiring accessory
  • the wiring accessory includes a connecting plate 110a, a threaded fastener 110b and a spring 110c, and one end of the connecting plate 110a is pressed on the wiring terminal and electrically connected to the wiring terminal.
  • the minimum width of the electrical switch is the sum of the diameters of the two terminal clamping screws.
  • the terminal clamping screws are threaded fasteners 110b, that is, the minimum width of the electrical switch is the sum of the diameters of the two threaded fasteners 110b.
  • the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102, and the third pole switch 103 have substantially the same internal structure.
  • the first pole switch 101 is taken as an example for description.
  • the first pole switch 101 includes a moving contact 20, a contact support 21, a stationary contact 30, a first terminal 40, a second terminal 50, and a flexible wire 60.
  • the moving contact 20 is connected to the first terminal 40 through the flexible wire 60.
  • the moving contact 20 and the stationary contact 30 are arranged opposite to each other along the switch length direction of the X-axis.
  • the moving contact 20 is arranged horizontally.
  • the moving contact 20 moves from the first terminal 40 to the second terminal 50, the insulating shell between the moving contact 20 and the first terminal 40 is arranged in a closed state, and the static contact 30 is electrically connected to the second terminal 50 by riveting, welding, integral molding, etc.
  • the contact method between the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 is planar pressure contact.
  • the moving contact 20 is in an angular shape, and a second hole 20a serving as a fulcrum for the movement of the moving contact 20 is provided at the corner of the angular shape.
  • the second hole 20a may also be provided in a protrusion shape.
  • the angular shape includes a first arm 20b and a second arm 20c, and an alloy contact 20d is provided at the end of the first arm 20b, and a soft wire 60 is provided at the end of the second arm 20c.
  • the moving contact 20 is in the shape of a strip, a second hole 20a serving as a fulcrum is provided in the middle of the strip, an alloy contact 20d is provided at one end of the strip, and a soft wire 60 is provided at the other end.
  • the moving contact 20 is hinged on the contact support 21 via a second shaft 22 passing through the second hole 20a.
  • the moving contact 20 is crimped together with the contact support 21 via an elastic member 23 and moves along with the contact support 21.
  • the moving contact 20 overcomes the pressure provided by the elastic member 23 and rotates at a certain angle relative to the contact support 21, thereby ensuring that there is sufficient overtravel and contact pressure when the moving contact 20 contacts the static contact 30.
  • the two ends of the contact support 21 are provided with circular bosses 21a coaxial with the central axis of the contact support.
  • the ends of the contact support here refer to the two ends in the length direction of the contact support.
  • a groove or through hole 21b is coaxially provided on the inner side of the circular boss 21a, and the contact support rotates around the axis of the circular boss 21a.
  • the groove or through hole 21b is hexagonal. In some other optional embodiments, the groove or through hole 21b can be set to other shapes for the convenience of connection and force transmission.
  • a slide groove is provided on the insulating member, and the slide groove includes an upper slide groove 10a and a lower slide groove 11a, wherein the upper insulating member 10 is provided with the upper slide groove 10a parallel to the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the lower insulating member 11 is provided with the lower slide groove 11a parallel to the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the circular boss 21a of the contact support 21 is inserted into the upper slide groove 10a of the upper insulating member 10 and the lower slide groove 11a of the lower insulating member 11, and the circular boss 21a can move and rotate in the upper slide groove 10a and the lower slide groove 11a.
  • a bearing 26 is also provided on the circular boss 21 a , which can significantly reduce the friction force of the contact support during rotation and movement, and prevent the contact support from getting stuck during transmission.
  • a plurality of contact supports 21 can be assembled into one piece from bottom to top along the switch height direction of the Z-axis by inserting the connecting shaft 24 into the groove or through hole 21b of the contact support 21.
  • three contact supports 21 are assembled into one piece through two connecting shafts 24.
  • the number of contact supports 21 can be increased or decreased according to the splicing method in this embodiment.
  • a groove or through hole 21b is provided on the circular boss 21a of the contact support 21. After the three contact supports 21 are assembled into one, the end of the contact support 21 located at the top is indirectly connected to the multi-link mechanism 104. By inserting the transmission shaft 25 into the groove or through hole 21b, the contact support 21 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 along the switch height direction of the Z axis.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 is arranged on the outside of the upper insulating member 10, and is insulated above the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 is a four-link structure, which includes a lever, a lock, a jump lock, an upper link, a lower link, a main tension spring, a plurality of transmission shafts, an output rod 1041 and a side plate 1042.
  • the control mechanism is provided with a driving part that directly or indirectly drives the end of the contact support to move.
  • the structure of the driving part of this embodiment is cantilever.
  • the driving part includes an output rod 1041 and a transmission shaft 25.
  • the side plate 1042 is provided with a switch length direction along the X-axis.
  • a third slide groove 1042a is provided.
  • the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042 is arranged parallel to the upper slide groove 10a on the upper insulating member 10 and the lower slide groove 11a on the lower insulating member 11 along the switch length direction of the X-axis.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 drives the main tension spring to store energy through a lever, and then transmits it through multiple links such as the upper link, the lower link and the output rod 1041.
  • the output rod 1041 drives the transmission shaft 25 to slide along the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042, thereby driving the three assembled contact supports 21 to move in the upper slide groove 10a of the upper insulating member 10 and the lower slide groove 11a of the lower insulating member 11, and finally drives the moving contact 20 to move back and forth along the switch length direction of the X-axis.
  • a gear 24a is provided on the rotation axis of the connecting shaft 24.
  • the gear 24a is integrally formed with the connecting shaft 24 by a high-strength insulating material.
  • the gear 24a may also be spliced with the connecting shaft 24 or provided on the contact support 21.
  • a rack 26 is also provided opposite to the outer edge of the gear 24a. The rack 26 is fixed on the upper insulating member 10 and the lower insulating member 11.
  • two connecting shafts 24 are included. Both connecting shafts 24 are provided with gears 24a, and two racks 26 are provided correspondingly.
  • the gear 24a and the rack 26 are arranged in a corresponding manner in greater or lesser numbers.
  • the rack 26 will generate a torque on the axis of the gear 24a to drive the gear 24a to roll on the rack 26.
  • the torque generated by the rack 26 on the axis of the gear 24a will be transmitted to the contact support 21 through the connecting shaft 24, thereby driving the contact support 21 to rotate along the axis, and finally driving the moving contact 20 to rotate back and forth along the switch length direction of the X-axis.
  • the insulating parts constituting the first cavity are assembled with multiple insulating parts constituting the second cavity along the switch height direction of the Z axis to form the insulating shell of the switch.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 is arranged in the first cavity, and the operating handle 106 is arranged above the first cavity, and is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through a half-axis 1061.
  • the operating handle 106 is a rotating handle, and the half-axis 1061 is the center of rotation of the rotating handle and is arranged along the switch height direction of the Z axis.
  • the rotating handle drives the half-axis 1061 to rotate within a range of 120°, thereby driving the multi-link mechanism 104 to re-lock, open and close the switch.
  • the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 and the third pole switch 103 are all provided with a first terminal 40 and a second terminal 50.
  • the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the second pole switch 102, and the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the third pole switch 103 can be staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y axis and insulated and distributed up and down along the switch height direction of the Z axis.
  • the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the third pole switch 103 are provided with a first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, and the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the second pole switch 102.
  • a second through hole 70a is provided on the insulating cover 70 of the first pole switch 101 on which the first terminal 40 and/or the second terminal 50 are overlapped upward
  • a third through hole 70b is provided on the insulating cover 70 of the first pole switch 101 on which the first terminal 40 and/or the second terminal 50 arranged on the second pole switch 102 are overlapped upward.
  • the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 form an angle a.
  • the rack 26 will drive the gear 24a to drive the contact support 21 to rotate and then drive the moving contact 20 to rotate in the direction close to the static contact 30.
  • the angle a will gradually decrease.
  • the moving contact 20 is in contact with the static contact 30.
  • the rack 26 will drive the gear 24a to drive the contact support 21 to rotate and then drive the moving contact 20 to rotate away from the static contact 30.
  • the angle a will gradually increase.
  • the moving contact 20 is farthest from the static contact 30, reaching the contact opening position.
  • the movable contact in the disclosed embodiment moves forward and backward and rotates in the switch length direction of the X-axis under the direct or indirect drive of the multi-link mechanism, and is electrically connected or disconnected with the static contact, wherein the moving distance L is 1-50 mm and the rotation angle a is 10-130 degrees.
  • the moving distance L is 1-50 mm
  • the rotation angle a is 10-130 degrees.
  • the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102, The third-pole switch 103 is also provided with an arc extinguishing chamber 80, which includes a plurality of metal grids 801 and two arc isolation plates 802.
  • the plurality of metal grids 801 are arranged at a certain distance between the two arc isolation plates 802.
  • the arc extinguishing chamber 80 is also arranged longitudinally in the upper insulating member 10 and the lower insulating member 11, and is placed in front of the moving contact 20 and/or the stationary contact 30. When the moving contact 20 and the stationary contact 30 are opened, the arc generated can quickly enter the arc extinguishing chamber 80.
  • the arc extinguishing chamber 80 extends from the first terminal 40 to the second terminal 50 along the switch length direction of the X-axis. In this way, the arc extinguishing chamber 80 can make full use of the length direction of the switch to arrange more metal
  • the grid piece 801 improves the breaking capacity of the switch 100 at a higher voltage. Gaps are provided in the upper insulating member 10 and the lower insulating member 11 near the arc extinguishing chamber 80 to form an arc channel.
  • the outlet of the arc channel is provided on the side opposite to the opening direction of the moving contact 20. In this way, a reverse tunnel-type arc channel is formed by utilizing the length space of the switch.
  • the remaining short arc after being cut by the arc extinguishing chamber 80 can enter the reverse tunnel-type arc channel driven by the airflow generated by the breaking, so that the remaining short arc can be further dissipated and absorbed in the arc channel, thereby enabling the switch to achieve zero arcing performance under high voltage and high breaking, greatly improving the safety and reliability of the switch during use.
  • the minimum width of the switch 100 is W
  • the length of the moving contact 20 is W1
  • the width of the arc extinguishing chamber 80 is W2.
  • the minimum width W of the switch 100 is proportional to the length W1 of the moving contact 20 or/and the width W2 of the arc extinguishing chamber 80, that is, the larger the length W1 of the moving contact 20 or/and the width W2 of the arc extinguishing chamber 80, the larger the minimum width W of the switch 100.
  • the moving contact 20 is located on one side of the center line O at the starting position and on the other side of the center line O at the ending position.
  • the movement trajectory of the moving contact crosses the vertical center line of the arc extinguishing chamber, which is not only conducive to arc striking, but also can make full use of the metal grids on both sides of the center line of the arc extinguishing chamber to achieve a better arc extinguishing effect.
  • the three push rods 93 are extended from the lower phase to the multi-link mechanism 104 in the direction of the switch height.
  • the magnetic short-circuit release 91 and the thermal overload release 92 will push the push rod 93 to link the trip rod 94 to release the multi-link mechanism 104, thereby tripping the switch 100 and cutting off the fault current in the line, thereby ensuring the safety of the line and other electrical equipment in the line.
  • the trip rod 94 connects the three push rods 93 into one along the switch height direction of the Z axis. In this way, if an overcurrent fault occurs in any pole of the three-pole switch, the three poles can trip for protection at the same time, thereby ensuring the safety of the overall system.
  • a slot 1001 is provided at at least one end of the electrical switch in the length direction. After a plurality of groups of conductive bars 200 are inserted into the slot 1001 , they are crimped by a pressing plate device 110 .
  • the switch of the present application realizes zero arcing capability under high voltage and high breaking rate in a small volume through the combined movement of moving contacts and reverse tunnel arc extinguishing technology, which can greatly improve the safety of the switch installed in the distribution cabinet and prevent the arcing generated during high voltage and high current breaking from causing secondary short circuit in the distribution cabinet and causing serious consequences such as fire or equipment burning.
  • this embodiment provides an electric switch of another structure.
  • the difference from the first embodiment is that the insulating part 107 is an integrally formed structure, and the three insulating parts 107 stacked up and down form three independent second cavities.
  • the integrally formed structure in this embodiment saves assembly steps, saving time and effort.
  • the operating handle 106 of this embodiment is a push-pull handle, which moves along the switch length direction of the X-axis.
  • the push-pull handle is mechanically connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through the transmission shaft 1062.
  • the push-pull handle drives the transmission shaft 1062 to move along the switch length direction of the X-axis and then drives the multi-link mechanism 104 to re-lock, open and close the switch.
  • the operation method of this handle conforms to the operating habits of the switch and is convenient for the operator to use.
  • the electric switch of this embodiment is a two-pole electric switch, which only includes a second-pole switch 102, a first-pole switch 101, a multi-link mechanism 104, an insulating member 105 and an operating handle 106, which are stacked in sequence from bottom to top along the height direction (Z-axis direction) of the electric switch 100.
  • the first-pole switch 101 and the second-pole switch 102 are respectively wrapped by two insulating members.
  • the first-pole switch 101 and the second-pole switch 102 are both provided with a first terminal 40 and a second terminal 50.
  • the first terminals 40 of the first-pole switch 101 and the second-pole switch 102 are staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y-axis and along the switch height direction of the Z-axis.
  • the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 are insulated and distributed in the vertical direction.
  • the second terminals 50 of the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 can also be staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y axis and insulated and distributed in the vertical direction along the switch height direction of the Z axis.
  • the two-pole switch of this embodiment has more space for the first terminal 40 and the second terminal 50 in the width direction (Y axis direction).
  • the first terminal 40 and/or the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 can be completely staggered by stacking in the height direction and staggering in the width direction. This makes installation and wiring more convenient and can be better used in two-phase AC systems or high-voltage DC systems.
  • the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 of this embodiment are staggered and insulated from each other front to back along the switch length direction of the X-axis.
  • the overall length of the switch is longer when the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 is set front to back in the switch length direction, but the overall width can be smaller, so the switch can be used in a distribution cabinet that has low requirements on the switch length and narrower requirements on the width, thereby improving the applicability of the switch.
  • the electric switch of the present embodiment is a four-pole electric switch, including a first pole switch 101, a second pole switch 102, a third pole switch 103 and a fourth pole switch 103C.
  • the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102, the third pole switch 103 and the fourth pole switch 103C are all provided with a first terminal 40 and a second terminal 50.
  • the fourth pole switch 103C is provided below the third pole switch 103.
  • the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the fourth pole switch are coaxially arranged with the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 or the third pole switch 103, some parts of the wiring device on the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 or the third pole switch 103 are detachable.
  • the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C is set to be coaxial with the terminal of the first pole switch 101, the wiring of the fourth pole switch 103C is provided in this way.
  • the terminal can make the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C overlap below the terminal of the first pole switch 101, and the total width of the switch will not increase.
  • the wiring device on the terminal of the first pole switch 101 is detachable, and the wiring device at least includes screws, spring washers, and flat washers.
  • the wiring device of the first pole switch 101 is disassembled, and the screwdriver is inserted from the thread of the first pole switch and through the hole of the insulating shell to the screw of the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C for wiring installation. After the installation is completed, the wiring of other pole switches is carried out.
  • the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C is not limited to being coaxially arranged with the terminal of the first pole switch 101, and can also be coaxially arranged with the second pole switch 102 and the third pole switch 103.
  • the effect of achieving more phase and pole settings without increasing the width is effectively saved. Installation space and cost.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the fourth pole switch may be staggered and/or non-coaxially arranged with the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the first pole switch, the second pole switch, and the third pole switch.
  • the electrical switch of this embodiment is different from that of the first embodiment in that the moving contact 20 is hinged on the contact support 21, the moving contact 20 is only connected to the static contact 30 in a rotational manner, the transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the groove or through hole 21b at the end of the uppermost contact support 21, and the transmission shaft 25 is used as a mechanical structure to connect the contact support 21 to the multi-link mechanism 104 along the switch height direction, and then the moving contact 20 on the contact support 21 is driven by the multi-link mechanism 104 to rotate at an angle of 10 to 130 degrees, thereby realizing electrical contact or separation with the static contact 30.
  • the moving contact of this embodiment has a simple and reliable structure and is commonly used in low-voltage AC and DC systems.
  • the electrical switch of this embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that a movable contact hard conductor 61 is connected between the moving contact 20 and the first terminal 40, and the movable contact hard conductor 61 is a copper sheet.
  • One end of the moving contact 20 is provided with a plane and is movably connected to the hard conductor 61 provided with a plane.
  • a second hole 20a for a moving fulcrum is provided on the plane of the moving contact 20, and an alloy contact 20d is provided on the other end.
  • the difference between the electric switch of this embodiment and that of the first embodiment is that the contact method between the moving contact 20 and the stationary contact 30 is a clamp-type contact.
  • This embodiment adopts a clamp-type moving contact structure. When a large current passes through, the unidirectional current flowing through the two moving contacts will generate an electric suction force to clamp the stationary contact, which can greatly increase the contact pressure between the moving contact and the stationary contact and prevent the moving contact and the stationary contact from being repelled. It is often used in occasions with higher requirements for short-term withstand current.
  • the difference between the electric switch of this example and the first embodiment is that the contact supports 21 of the three phase poles of the three-pole electric switch are arranged in an integrated manner, that is, the contact support 21 of the first pole switch 101, the contact support 21 of the second pole switch 102 and the contact support 21 of the third pole switch 103 are an integrated contact support structure.
  • the integrated structure saves assembly steps, saving time and effort.
  • the difference between the electric switch of this embodiment and the first embodiment is that the structure of the driving part is a lever type, and the driving part includes a transmission shaft 25 and a fifth swing rod 10400.
  • the transmission shaft is connected to the multi-link mechanism through the fifth swing rod, and the transmission shaft 25 is indirectly connected to the side of the contact support 21 in any second cavity.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is inserted from the first cavity to the second cavity, one end of which is fixedly connected to the fifth swing rod 10400 in the first cavity, and the other end is connected to the rotation center of the contact support 21 through the connecting shaft 24 in the second cavity.
  • the side of the contact support here refers to the side between the two ends of the contact support.
  • an extension arm extends outward from the side of the connecting shaft 24, and two extension arm through holes are arranged on the extension arm.
  • the two transmission shafts 25 extending from the multi-link mechanism 104 pass through the multiple second cavities and are respectively inserted into the corresponding two extension arm through holes on the connecting shaft 24.
  • the other ends of the two transmission shafts 25 are connected to the fifth rocker.
  • the transmission shaft passes through the first cavity and the second cavity and is connected to the side of the contact support in the second cavity, so that the driving force of the control mechanism directly acts on the middle pole of the three-pole switch, so that the moving contact of the three-pole switch is more evenly stressed, the transmission is more reliable, and the stability is high.
  • the contact support 21 is formed by splicing a first contact support 2101, a second contact support 2102 and a third contact support 2103.
  • the first contact support 2101 has a negative structure 21c
  • the second contact support 2102 has a positive structure 21d.
  • the negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d correspond in position and cooperate with each other.
  • the first contact support 2101 and the second contact support 2102 are spliced together by the negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d.
  • the second contact support 2102 and the third contact 2103 are also spliced together by the negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d thereon.
  • the negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d can assemble multiple contact supports 21 into one.
  • the transmission shaft 25 connects the contact support 21 with the output rod 1041.
  • an extension arm is provided on the side of the contact support 21, and two extension arm through holes are provided on the extension arm.
  • the transmission shaft includes a first transmission shaft 25a and a second transmission shaft 25b. The input ends of the first transmission shaft 25a and the second transmission shaft 25b are both connected to the fifth swing rod 10400 of the multi-link mechanism.
  • the first transmission shaft 25a is stepped.
  • the first transmission shaft 25a passes through the first contact support 210 1, the output end of the first transmission shaft 25a is connected to the second contact support 2102, the second transmission shaft 25b passes through the extension arm through holes on the first contact support 2101 and the second contact support 2102, and the output end of the second transmission shaft 25b is connected to the third contact support 2103.
  • the movement force of the multi-link mechanism is first transmitted to the moving contact on the second contact support 2102, and then transmitted to the moving contact of the first contact support 2101 and the moving contact on the third contact support 2103 respectively.
  • the moving contact of the three-pole switch is subjected to balanced force, which not only reliably transmits the movement force of the multi-link mechanism and has high stability, but also the extension arm of the contact support 21 wraps up the transmission shaft 25, which has high insulation.
  • the undervoltage release 170 includes a guide rod 1701 and an assisting member 1702.
  • the coil of the undervoltage release is not sufficient to remain attracted, and will release the tripping device that strikes the switch, causing the switch to be disconnected, thereby ensuring that the switch will not be closed by mistake, thereby ensuring the safety of the line load.
  • the undervoltage release 170 is an assisting suction structure. When the switch is in the closed state, the undervoltage release 170 performs a release action, and the undervoltage release 170 drives the guide rod 1701 to move.
  • the striking part 1701a of the guide rod 1701 strikes the traction rod 1402, thereby causing the switch to trip, and resists the traction rod 1402 to maintain it in the tripped state, thereby disconnecting the switch.
  • the undervoltage release 170 needs to be attracted before closing the switch again. Since the undervoltage release 170 is an assisting suction structure, external force is required to attract the undervoltage release 170, so during the re-closing process.
  • the lever 1401 triggers the first contact portion 1702a of the assisting member 1702, and rotates itself to make the second contact portion 1702b contact the reset portion 1701b of the guide rod 1701, thereby pushing the guide rod 1701 to drive the undervoltage releaser 170 to be attracted and reset, so that the striking portion 1701a of the guide rod 1701 is away from the traction rod 1402, thereby achieving normal closing of the switch.
  • the assisting member 1702 returns to its original position under the action of the reset spring (not shown), waiting for the next release of the undervoltage releaser 170 to reset and attract.
  • the shunt release is generally used for remote control to disconnect the switch.
  • the shunt release is also an auxiliary suction structure, which is installed in the same position as the undervoltage release 170.
  • the switch needs to be disconnected remotely, the shunt coil of the shunt release is released, driving the guide rod 1701 to move, hitting the traction rod 1402 to trip the switch and disconnect it.
  • the auxiliary member 1702 is buckled again to reset the shunt release and at the same time, the auxiliary member 1702 returns to its original position under the action of the reset spring, waiting for the next release of the shunt release to reset and close.
  • the auxiliary switch 180 includes a trigger rod 1801 and an auxiliary contact.
  • the auxiliary contact operates simultaneously with the main contact.
  • the main contact here refers to the moving contact of the electrical switch.
  • the auxiliary contact is used to indicate the opening and closing state of the main contact.
  • the main contact of the circuit breaker has a large current or a high voltage and cannot be used directly for monitoring. It must be replaced by an auxiliary switch, and the opening and closing state of the switch is judged by the state of the auxiliary switch.
  • the auxiliary switch is generally in one state in the closed state and in another state in the free tripping or opening state.
  • the contact support 21 and the moving contact of the switch act synchronously, so the contact support 21 can be used in different positions to trigger the auxiliary switch 180, thereby judging the opening and closing state of the switch.
  • the contact support 21 is provided with a swing rod 211.
  • the contact support 21 drives the swing rod 211 to touch the trigger rod 1801 of the auxiliary switch 180, the contact state of the auxiliary switch 180 changes from normally closed to normally open.
  • the contact support 21 drives the swing rod 211 away from the trigger rod 1801 of the auxiliary switch 180, thereby changing the contact state of the auxiliary switch 180 from normally open to normally closed.
  • the state conversion of the auxiliary switch 180 is completed.
  • the auxiliary switch 180 can also be arranged in the second cavity 160, and the auxiliary switch 180 can be directly triggered by the contact support 21 to convert the state.
  • the alarm switch For the alarm switch, it only operates when the switch trips due to a fault, and does not operate during normal opening operations. It is used to determine whether the circuit breaker trips due to a fault.
  • the traction rod In the switch, the traction rod is generally in one position when it is locked and closed, and in another position when it is free to trip. The position of the traction rod can be used to determine whether the switch is tripped due to a fault.
  • the alarm switch 190 includes a trigger rod 1901, a rocker 1902 and a compression spring 1903.
  • the trigger rod 1901 maintains a linkage state with the traction rod 1402 through the rocker 1902.
  • the compression spring is arranged on the side of the rocker 1902 close to the traction rod 1402.
  • the traction rod 1402 flips over due to the action of the tripping button in the multi-link mechanism 104, and the side of the rocker 1902 close to the traction rod 1402 moves with the traction rod 1402 under the action of the spring 1903.
  • the trigger rod 1901 moves with the other side of the rocker 1902. If the contact state of the alarm switch 190 changes from normally closed to normally open, when the switch is tripped due to a fault, the traction rod 1402 is reset, and the trigger rod 1901 is returned to its original position through the rocker 1902, thereby changing the contact state of the alarm switch 190 from normally open to normally closed, completing the state conversion of the alarm switch 190.
  • the control mechanism is an electric control mechanism, which is arranged in the first cavity of the electric switch.
  • the control mechanism at least includes a motor 112, a transmission mechanism 113, and an electronic controller.
  • the motor drive shaft is the driving part of the control mechanism.
  • the transmission mechanism 113 adopts a multi-stage gear transmission.
  • the multi-pole gear is a mechanical structure connecting the driving part and the multi-link mechanism.
  • One end of the transmission mechanism is connected to the motor 112, and the other end is connected to the half-shaft 1061. It is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through the half-shaft 1061.
  • the motor 112 is connected to the electronic controller signal.
  • the electronic controller transmits a signal to control the rotation of the motor 112.
  • the rotation of the motor 112 drives the multi-link mechanism 104 to move, thereby driving the moving contact 20 to move, and realizing electrical contact or separation with the static contact 30.
  • electric operation can replace manual operation, and there is no need for operators to arrive at the site.
  • the electric switch can be opened and closed under remote signal control.
  • the electric switch of this embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the control mechanism is an electromagnetic drive control mechanism, which is arranged in the first cavity of the electric switch.
  • the control mechanism at least includes an electromagnet 115 and a multi-link mechanism 104.
  • the electromagnet 115 is mechanically connected to the multi-link mechanism 104.
  • the electromagnet is the driving part of the control mechanism.
  • the multi-link mechanism includes a plurality of connecting rods as a mechanical structure. When the electromagnet 115 is energized, it generates a driving force and transmits it to the multi-link mechanism 104.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 drives the moving contact 20 to move, thereby achieving electrical contact and separation with the static contact 30.
  • the electromagnet is used to convert electromagnetic energy into mechanical energy, drive the moving contact to move, and realize the opening and closing operation of the switch.
  • the switch has reliable performance, long service life, and fast response speed.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 is indirectly connected coaxially with the central axis of the contact support in the first cavity, driving the moving contact 20 on the contact support 21 to make a compound motion of moving back and forth and rotating along the switch length direction of the X-axis, and electrically connecting and disconnecting with the static contact.
  • the driving part includes a transmission shaft 25 and an output rod 1041.
  • the three contact supports 21 are assembled into one piece from bottom to top along the switch height direction of the Z axis through the connecting shaft 24.
  • One end of the connecting shaft 24 is connected to the contact support 21, and the other end is hinged to the connecting rod 34.
  • the other end of the connecting rod 34 is hinged to the insulating boss of the insulating member.
  • the connecting rod 34 can rotate around the axis of the insulating boss.
  • the transmission shaft is a mechanical structure.
  • the end of the contact support 21 located at the top is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through the transmission shaft 25.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is inserted inside, and the transmission shaft 25 is connected to the output rod 1041 of the multi-link mechanism 104 along the switch height direction of the Z axis.
  • the output rod 1041 drives the transmission shaft 25 to slide along the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042, drives the contact support 21 to slide, and then drives the moving contact 20 to move forward and backward along the switch length direction of the X axis.
  • the output rod 1041 rotates along the axis of the transmission shaft 25 under the transmission action of the multi-link mechanism such as the upper link and the lower link, drives the contact support 21 to rotate along the axis, and then drives the moving contact 20 to rotate.
  • a multi-link structure is used to transmit power to realize the compound movement of the moving contact. Compared with the gear rack transmission, the structure is simple and reliable, the parts are easy to manufacture and install, and the production cost is low.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 is indirectly connected to the contact support 21 in the second cavity in a non-coaxial manner with the central axis of the contact support 21, driving the moving contact 20 on the contact support 21 to perform a combined motion of movement and rotation, and to electrically connect and disconnect with the static contact.
  • the driving part 1040 includes a transmission shaft 25 and an output rod 1041.
  • the two transmission shafts 25 pass through multiple second cavities and are respectively inserted into the connection between the connecting shaft 24 and the connecting rod 34 and the other end of the connecting rod 34.
  • the output rod 1041 drives the transmission shaft 25 to slide along the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042, driving the contact support 21 to slide forward and backward along the upper slide groove 10a and the lower slide groove 11a of the insulating member, and then drives the moving contact 20 to slide.
  • the output rod 1041 rotates along the axis of the transmission shaft 25 under the transmission action of the upper connecting rod, the lower connecting rod and other multi-link mechanisms, driving the contact support 21 to rotate, and then driving the moving contact 20 to rotate.
  • the driving force of the multi-link mechanism 104 in this embodiment directly acts on the middle pole of the three-pole switch, so that the moving contact of the three-pole switch is more evenly stressed, the transmission is more reliable, and the stability is high.
  • the structure of the driving part in this embodiment is a rotating rod type.
  • the driving part 1040 drives the moving contact 20 in a one-degree-of-freedom motion mode, and the driving action output is in the form of rotation.
  • the driving part 1040 at least includes a transmission shaft 25, a first swing rod 10401, a second swing rod 10402, a third swing rod 10403, and a linkage rod 10405.
  • the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity 150, and the transmission shaft 25 is inserted from the first cavity 150 to the second cavity 160, and is arranged parallel to the rotation center of the moving contact 20.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism through two first swing rods 10401, that is, the first swing rod 10402. One end of 401 is connected to the transmission shaft 25, and the other end is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104. It rotates under the control of the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is connected to one end of the second rocker 10402, and the other end of the second rocker 10402 is hinged to the linkage rod 10405.
  • the linkage rod 10405 is connected to the contact support 21 through the third rocker 10403; the contact supports 21 are coaxially and stacked in multiple second cavities 160, and are connected between the contact supports 21 through a non-rotatable connecting shaft 24.
  • the rotational motion is transmitted to the contact support 21 through the linkage rod 10405, so that the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 can be electrically connected and disconnected.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity 150, and the contact support 21 is arranged in a stacked manner in the second cavity 160, as the frame current increases, its height will also increase, and the pressure on the moving contact 20 will also increase.
  • the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is prone to flipping when operating on one side, which will cause the moving contact at the far end to not close in place.
  • the deflection problem is solved by adopting a one-degree-of-freedom rotation drive method and applying a rotational force to the middle layer contact support 21.
  • the rotation center of the drive unit 1040 is parallel to the rotation center of the contact support 21 but is not coaxially arranged.
  • the torsional force is transmitted to the contact support 21 in the middle position through the transmission shaft 25 to perform closing and opening operations, which has the effect of rapid and smooth action.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is set as a hexagonal shaft, which cooperates with the hexagonal holes on the first swing arm 10401 and the second swing arm 10402. When the transmission shaft 25 rotates, the first swing arm and the second swing arm can also swing synchronously.
  • the transmission shaft 25 and the shaft holes of the first swing arm and the second swing arm are not limited to hexagonal, but can also be triangular.
  • the contact support 21 is stacked and connected by a connecting shaft 24.
  • the connecting shaft 24 is installed at the rotation center of the contact support 21.
  • the connecting shaft 24, the contact support 21, and the third swing rod 10403 are fixedly connected to each other and cannot rotate relative to each other, so that all contact supports 21 can rotate synchronously together.
  • the third swing rod 10403 and the second swing rod 10402 are hinged by a linkage rod 10405.
  • the control When the multi-link mechanism 104 of the mechanism performs the closing and opening operations, the swing force is first applied to the first swing rod 10401, and the first swing rod 10401 rotates under the force, and transmits the rotational force to the second swing rod 10402.
  • the second swing rod 10402 performs the swing amplitude movement and transmits the swing amplitude movement force to the third swing rod 10403 through the linkage rod 10405.
  • the third swing rod 10403 transmits the swing force to the contact support 21 to realize the rotational movement, thereby performing the connection and disconnection operations of the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30.
  • the lengths of the three swing rods in this embodiment can be adjusted to each other according to the torque and angle requirements of the rotation, so as to achieve a larger rotation angle or a larger torque.
  • the driving unit 1040 of this embodiment drives the moving contact 20 in a one-degree-of-freedom motion mode, the driving action output is in the form of rotation, the structure of the driving unit is a rotating rod type, the driving unit 1040 at least includes a transmission shaft 25 and a fourth swing rod 10404, the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity 105, the transmission shaft 25 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism through at least two fourth swing rods 10404, and performs rotational motion under the control of the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism, the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 is eccentric to the rotation center of the moving contact 20 relative to the contact support 21, the distance between the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 and the alloy contact 20d of the moving contact is greater than the distance from the rotation center of the moving contact 20 to the alloy contact 20d, and the transmission shaft 25 is inserted from the first cavity 105 to the second cavity 16 0, runs
  • the transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21, and the torsional force is transmitted to the contact support 21 through the transmission shaft 25 to make the entire contact support 21 rotate.
  • the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 is eccentrically set, and the torsional force is directly applied to the contact support 21, so that the contact support 21 rotates to drive the moving contact to contact and separate with the static contact.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is set as a hexagonal shaft, which cooperates with the hexagonal hole of the fourth swing rod 10404 and the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21. When the transmission shaft 25 rotates, the contact support 21 can also rotate with it.
  • the transmission shaft 25 and the fourth swing rod 10404 and the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 are connected.
  • the shaft hole cooperation of 12 is not limited to hexagonal, but can also be a triangle, quadrilateral, polygon, special shape and other shapes that cannot rotate with each other to achieve the effect of transmitting rotational motion.
  • the contact support 21 is stacked and connected by a connecting shaft 24.
  • the connecting shaft 24 is installed at the rotation center of the contact support 21 and the moving contact 20.
  • the connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 are fixedly connected to each other and cannot rotate relative to each other, so that all contact supports 21 can rotate synchronously together.
  • the fourth swing rod 10404 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism.
  • the swing power is first applied to the fourth swing rod 10404.
  • the fourth swing rod 10404 is subjected to force to cause the transmission shaft to rotate.
  • the transmission shaft 25 transmits the rotational force to the contact support 21, and the contact support 21 rotates with the moving contact 20 to realize the connection and disconnection operations of the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30.
  • the length of the fourth swing rod 10404 of this embodiment and the distance between the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 and the alloy contact 20d of the moving contact can be adjusted to each other according to the torque and angle requirements of the rotation, so as to transmit a larger rotation angle or achieve a larger torque, and better realize a large opening distance to improve the rated voltage level.
  • the other end of the second link 10412 is movable and rotationally hinged to one end of the third link 10413, and the hinge point is point C.
  • the other end of the third link 10413 is fixedly hinged to the fixed plate 10417, and the hinge point is point D , and the third link 10413 can rotate around the hinge point D, the first link 10411, the second link 10412, and the third link 10413 form a first set of four-link structures; one end of the fourth link 10414 is hinged to the third link 10413, and the hinge point is point E, and the other end of the fourth link 10414 is hinged to the fifth link 10415, and the hinge point is point H.
  • the fifth link 10415 is fixedly hinged to the fixed plate 10417, the hinge point is point G, and the fifth link 10415 can rotate around the hinge point G, the third link 10413, the fourth link 10414 and the fifth link 10415 form a second set of four-link structures; the other end of the fifth link 10415 can rotate and slide in the slide slot 10416, and the hinge point of the fifth link 10415 in the fourth slide slot 10416 of the fixed plate 10417 is point F.
  • the fifth link 10415 can drive the contact support 21 to rotate.
  • the first group of four-link structures and the second group of four-link structures together form a multi-link mechanism 104, wherein the lever ratio DE/CD between the distance DE between the hinge point D and the hinge point E and the distance CD between the hinge point C and the hinge point D is greater than 1.0; the lever ratio FG between the distance FG between the hinge point F and the hinge point G and the distance GH between the hinge point G and the hinge point H is greater than 1.0.
  • the lever ratio of the multi-link mechanism is adjusted to achieve the enlargement of the contact support angle during opening and closing, thereby increasing the angle between the moving contact and the static contact.
  • the number of links included in the multi-link mechanism can be increased or decreased to achieve the same angle enlargement effect. In this way, the switch can achieve a large contact opening distance, which can better meet the requirements of the new power system for high voltage, high breaking, and zero arcing of the switch electrical equipment.
  • the difference between the electrical switch of this embodiment and the first embodiment is that the side of the contact support 21 in any second cavity is indirectly connected to the multi-link mechanism 104.
  • This method allows the multi-link mechanism to act on the contact support of the middle phase pole of the switch, which can improve the stability of motion transmission.
  • the gear 24a rotates or moves with the contact support 21, and the rack is fixed or integrated with the insulating member.
  • the gear on the contact support will rotate along itself due to the torsional torque of the rack, thereby driving the moving contact to move and rotate in a combined motion to connect or disconnect electricity with the static contact.
  • the driving part includes an output rod 1041, a transmission shaft 25, a first rod 1045 and a second rod 1046.
  • the transmission shaft 25 can slide in the waist hole 1041a.
  • a third slide groove 1042a is provided on the side plate 1042 of the control mechanism.
  • the transmission shaft 25 passes through the waist hole 1041a and the third slide groove 1042a.
  • One end of the first rod 1045 is connected to the transmission shaft 25, and the other end of the first rod 1045 is connected to one end of the second rod 1046.
  • the other end of the second rod 1046 is hinged with the rotation center of the contact support 21, and the contact support 25 can rotate around the connection between it and the second rod 1046.
  • the driving part includes an output rod 1041, a third rod 1047 and a transmission shaft 25, and the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism is a four-link structure, which includes an upper link 10431, a lower link 10432 and an output rod 1041.
  • the middle part of the output rod 1041 is hinged with the shaft on the side panel of the control mechanism, and a circular hole 1041b is provided at the end of the output rod 1041.
  • One end of the third rod is hinged with the output rod through the circular hole 1041b, and the other end is hinged with the transmission shaft 25.
  • the difference between this embodiment and the twenty-fourth embodiment is that the multi-link mechanism 104 is indirectly connected to the side of the contact support 21 in any second cavity. This method allows the multi-link mechanism to act on the contact support of the middle phase pole of the switch, thereby improving the stability of motion transmission.
  • connection terminals of the switches of all poles are overlapped and coaxially arranged.
  • the pulling device of the connection terminal of the first pole switch 101 is tightened with a screwdriver, and the pulling devices of the connection terminals of the second pole switch 102, the third pole switch 103, and the fourth pole switch 103C are also pulled and pressed to tighten the connection.
  • the pulling device can be adjusted according to the The number of phases and poles are overlapped, and the pole-to-pole linkage insulating member 504 is used for connection in the middle.
  • the spring 505, the screw 501 and the wiring frame 502 are used to lift the wiring frame through the thread, and a conductor is inserted between the two wiring boards 503.
  • One of the wiring boards 503 is against the anti-loosening spring 505.
  • the anti-loosening spring 505 is squeezed, and the anti-loosening spring 505 transfers the pressure to the wiring board 503.
  • the anti-loosening spring 505 is pulled to the limit position, it is completely compressed, and the gap between the wiring board 503 and the conductor is completely closed and pressure contacted.
  • the potential energy of the anti-loosening spring 505 is always maintained. When the switch is vibrated or the conductor yields, it will not cause virtual contact or loosening failure, which greatly improves the safety of wiring installation and the reliability of long-term operation.
  • the conductive bar 200 is in the shape of a long strip. In other embodiments, the conductive bar can be in the shape of an L-shape or a U-shape, and the specific shape is not limited.
  • the present application also provides a pressure plate device, as shown in FIG90 , the pressure plate device at least comprises a screw 1101, a terminal block 1105, a pressure plate 1104, a spring washer 1102, a flat washer 1103, and a nut 1106.
  • the screw 1101 is tightened, the external conductive bar 1107 disposed between the terminal block 1105 and the pressure plate 1104 is stressed and fastened between the pressure plate 1104 and the terminal block 1105.
  • the terminal block 1105 is provided with a threaded hole or a through hole matching the screw 1101 and a nut 1106.
  • the pressure plate 1104 is L-shaped, with a through hole in the middle for passing the screw 1101, and the right-angle end 1104b is away from the external conductive bar 1107.
  • the pressing plate 1104 is provided with a right-angle end 1104b and a raised portion 1104a, and a through hole for passing the screw 1101 is provided in the middle of the pressing plate 1104.
  • the raised portion 1104a presses the external conductive bar 1107 tightly, so that the external conductive bar 1107 and the terminal block 1105 are firmly fitted and fastened to achieve reliable electrical contact.
  • the raised portion 1104a is to solve the problem that when the screw 1101 is tightened and installed, the pressing plate 1104 will have elastic deformation, which will cause the pressure point of the pressing plate 1104 on the external conductive bar 1107 to change, causing the external conductive bar 1107 to loosen.
  • the spacing between the protrusion of the pressure plate 1104 and the through hole is smaller than the spacing between the through hole and the right-angle end 1104b. This arrangement allows the downward pressure of the screw 1101 to be applied to the external conductive bar 1107 more through the protrusion 1104a, so that the fastening effect is better.
  • the terminal block 1105 can be processed into a threaded hole to cooperate with the screw 1101 to achieve fastening, or a nut 1106 can be set at the bottom to cooperate with the screw 1101 to achieve fastening, both of which can achieve the effect of this embodiment.
  • One end of the transmission shaft 25 passes through the square hole on the output rod 1041 and is rotatably plugged into the side plate 1042, and the other end is rotatably plugged into the insulating cover of the third pole switch 103.
  • a through hole for the transmission shaft 25 to pass through is provided inside the connecting shaft 24.
  • the connecting shaft 24 passes through the contact support 21, and the mating surface of the connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 is arched, and is fixedly connected to the contact support 21 and cannot rotate with each other; the contact support 21 is coaxially and stacked in multiple second cavities 160, one end of the connecting shaft 24 is a female structure 24a, and the other end is a male structure 24b, and multiple contact supports 21 are connected by the female structure 24a and the male structure 24b of the concentric and non-rotatable connecting shaft 24.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the rotation center of the connecting shaft 24, and the torsional force is transmitted to the contact support 21 through the transmission shaft 25, so that the entire contact support 21 rotates.
  • the transmission shaft 25 and the rotation center of the connecting shaft 24 are concentrically arranged, and the torsional force is directly applied to the contact support 21, so that the contact support 21 rotates to drive the moving contact to contact and separate from the static contact.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is set as a hexagonal shaft, which cooperates with the hexagonal holes in the center of the connecting shaft 24 and the output rod 1041. When the transmission shaft 25 rotates, the contact support 21 can also rotate with it.
  • the cooperation between the transmission shaft 25 and the output rod 1041 and the axial hole in the center of the connecting shaft 24 is not limited to the hexagonal shape, but can also be a triangle, quadrilateral, polygon, special shape, etc. that cannot rotate with each other to achieve the effect of transmitting rotational motion.
  • the matching surface of the connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 is not limited to the limitation of the bow shape.
  • the contact supports 21 are arranged in a stacked manner and connected by a connecting shaft 24.
  • the connecting shaft 24 is installed at the rotation center of the contact support 21 and the moving contact 20.
  • the connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 are fixedly connected to each other and cannot rotate relative to each other, so that all the contact supports 21 can rotate synchronously together.
  • the output rod 1041 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism. When the control mechanism performs closing and opening operations, the swinging power is first applied to the output rod 1041.
  • the output rod 1041 is subjected to force to cause the transmission shaft 25 to rotate.
  • the transmission shaft 25 transmits the rotational force to the contact support 21 through the connecting shaft 24.
  • the contact support 21 rotates with the moving contact 20 to realize the connection and disconnection operations of the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30.
  • the length of the output rod 24 can be adjusted according to the torque and angle requirements of the rotation, so as to transmit a larger rotation angle or achieve a larger torque.
  • the transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the side plate 1042 and the insulating shell to maintain stability during rotation and reduce the torque loss caused by offset. By running through the connecting shaft 24 and driving the contact support 21 to rotate around its center, better insulation performance between layers can be guaranteed.
  • the present application also provides connection structures of conductive bars and electrical switches in various structural forms. As shown in FIGS. 94 to 99 , multiple first terminals of at least one electrical switch are directly or indirectly connected to multiple groups of conductive bars 200.
  • the multiple groups of conductive bars 200 are arranged in a horizontal or vertical direction.
  • the electrical switches are arranged in the horizontal or vertical direction following the multiple groups of conductive bars 200.
  • the conductive bars 200 are in the shape of a flat straight bar or one side of which is provided with a hole, an opening, a groove or a protrusion. When the conductive bars 200 are in the shape of a flat straight bar, any side of the conductive bars 200 is directly connected to the first terminal 40 of the electrical switch.
  • the multiple groups of conductive bars 200 are composed of at least one or two conductive bar groups 200, and a spacing is set between the two conductive bars 200.
  • the multiple first terminals 40 are inserted into the spacing to be electrically connected to the conductive bar 200 respectively.
  • the electrical switch can be configured according to The number of switches and the length of the conductive bar 200 are set according to the number of current branches actually required.
  • the layout direction of the switch and the conductive bar 200 can be horizontal or vertical.
  • the layout method can be set according to the installation space and the shape of the distribution cabinet.
  • the shape and structure of the conductive bar 200 can be flexibly changed according to the implementation scheme of the switch terminal 40. It can be a straight flat conductive bar, or a conductive bar with a hole or opening or a groove or a protrusion on one side.
  • the structural features of the different implementation schemes of the conductive bar 200 are mainly used to match the structural form of different switch terminal wiring devices and the current specifications.
  • the number of the conductive bar 200 is set according to the number of phases and poles of the switch.
  • the single-pole switch uses one conductive bar
  • the two-pole switch uses two conductive bars
  • the three-pole switch uses three conductive bars
  • the four-pole switch uses four conductive bars.
  • the conductive bar 200 is set according to the stacking direction of the switch, and the spacing is arranged according to the layer spacing of the switch, so that the conductive bar 200 can be accurately inserted into the first terminal 40 of each phase and pole to facilitate electrical connection and realize the distribution of electrical energy.
  • the first terminal 40 of the electrical switch is set as a clamp device 120
  • the conductive bar 40 can be set as a flat straight bar, and the flat end can be directly inserted into the clamp to achieve electrical contact, which is convenient and quick to install, and the conductive bar structure is also simple and convenient to process.
  • the conductive bar 200 can be directly clamped on the terminal board 130b to achieve electrical contact between the conductive bar 200 and the terminal board.
  • a conductive connecting strip 130d can also be set on the conductive bar 200 and the terminal board to enhance conductivity.
  • the structure of the terminal bar 200 can be implemented as a flat straight bar or a hole, opening or groove is set on one side to be electrically connected to the first terminal 40.
  • Multiple groups of conductive bars 200 extend into the insulating housing of the electrical switch and are adjacent to the first terminal 40 or are set on the first terminal 40. There are crimping parts to compress and tighten to achieve multi-pole switches matching multiple groups of conductive bars.
  • the first terminal 40 is set as a pull-up device 140, the gap between the terminal board and the terminal frame is tightened by the screw and the thread of the terminal frame, so that the conductive bar 200 inserted into the gap is pressed and fixed between the terminal board.
  • a protrusion is provided on one side of the conductive bar 200, and the protrusion is inserted into the gap and pressed and fixed to achieve electrical connection.
  • the first terminal 40 is set as a pressing plate device 110, the gap between the terminal board and the pressing plate is tightened by the screw and the thread or nut of the terminal board, so that the conductive bar 200 inserted into the gap is pressed and fixed between the terminal board.
  • the conductive bar is a flat straight strip.
  • the conductive bar arranged in this way has a simple structure and is easy to process.
  • the implementation scheme of the electric switch in the power distribution system of this case is not limited to the above combination. Its specific implementation scheme can be combined and implemented according to the focus of consideration in the power distribution system, which has significantly improved operational reliability, economy, and ease of operation.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Driving Mechanisms And Operating Circuits Of Arc-Extinguishing High-Tension Switches (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are an electric switch and a power distribution system. The switch comprises an insulating housing and an internal element; the insulating housing comprises a first cavity and second cavities for accommodating a switch system; connection ends of the switch are arranged at two ends of the second cavities respectively; the first cavity and the multiple second cavities are arranged in a vertically stacked mode; the vertical axes or central axes of connection devices of the connection ends corresponding to different phases or poles are coaxial or non-coaxial; a moving contact is driven by a control mechanism to rotate or/and move.

Description

一种电的开关及配电系统An electric switch and a power distribution system

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请要求享有于2023年11月14日提交的名称为“一种电的开关”的中国申请专利202311515028.4的优先权以及于2024年07月23日提交的名称为“一种电的开关及配电系统”的中国申请专利202410987090.1的优先权,上述两申请的全部内容通过引用并入本文中。This application claims the priority of Chinese patent application 202311515028.4 filed on November 14, 2023, entitled “An electric switch” and the priority of Chinese patent application 202410987090.1 filed on July 23, 2024, entitled “An electric switch and distribution system”, and the entire contents of the above two applications are incorporated herein by reference.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请属于低压电器技术领域,具体涉及一种电的开关及配电系统。The present application belongs to the technical field of low-voltage electrical appliances, and specifically relates to an electrical switch and a power distribution system.

背景技术Background Art

开关电器的电弧通道出口一般设置在电源进线端的上方,开关内部的电弧通道较短,在高电压、高分断情况下会产生极大的飞弧,很容易造成接线端上方不同相极上的铜排短路,造成二次电弧产生相间短路,造成爆炸等严重的安全事故,解决措施一般在开关外侧增加灭弧罩,而灭弧罩为尼龙材料制成,在光伏、风电、储能等新能源系统严苛使用环境下,很容易老化开裂,电弧从开裂处向外喷射,很容易造成爆炸事故,给人身和设备带来非常严重的危害。The arc channel outlet of the switch is generally set above the power input terminal. The arc channel inside the switch is relatively short. Under high voltage and high breaking conditions, a huge arc will be generated, which can easily cause the copper busbars on different phase poles above the terminal to short-circuit, causing the secondary arc to produce a phase-to-phase short circuit, resulting in explosions and other serious safety accidents. The solution is generally to add an arc extinguishing cover to the outside of the switch. The arc extinguishing cover is made of nylon material. Under the harsh use environment of new energy systems such as photovoltaics, wind power, and energy storage, it is easy to age and crack. The arc will spray outward from the crack, which can easily cause an explosion accident, causing very serious harm to people and equipment.

在开关电器中,触头开距是一个极为重要的技术参数,对开关电器的介电性能和分断能力起着决定性的作用。开关电器中触头的开距一般情况下通过动触头做直线或旋转等运动来实现的,通过加长动触头长度或旋转的转角可以加大触头开距,触头开距越大对高电压和高分断越有利,但对开关电器的小型化却是不利的,相关技术的开关电器都为上下垂直设置,动触头的开距的转动角大多在40度以内,设置的灭弧栅片因受开关电器的高度限制,不能设置更多的灭弧栅片,这就对新型电力中的高达DC2000V、AC1500V的系统中产生的电弧的灭弧十分不利,往往需要使用熔断器来替代,造成温升高、体积大、成本高等问题,制约了开关电器开断高电压和高短路电流的发展,如何在低成本条件下实现开关电器可靠、安全地分断特高电压下的特大短路电流,是目前世界低压开关电器技术中最难解决的问题之一。In switchgear, contact spacing is an extremely important technical parameter, which plays a decisive role in the dielectric properties and breaking capacity of the switchgear. The contact opening distance in the switch electrical appliance is generally achieved by the moving contact making linear or rotational movements. The contact opening distance can be increased by lengthening the moving contact or the rotation angle. The larger the contact opening distance, the more favorable it is for high voltage and high breaking, but it is not conducive to the miniaturization of the switch electrical appliance. The switch electrical appliances in the related technology are all arranged vertically up and down, and the rotation angle of the moving contact opening distance is mostly within 40 degrees. Due to the height limitation of the switch electrical appliance, more arc extinguishing grids cannot be set. This is very unfavorable for the arc extinguishing of arcs generated in the system of up to DC2000V and AC1500V in the new power. Fuses are often required to be used instead, resulting in problems such as temperature rise, large size, and high cost, which restricts the development of switch electrical appliances in breaking high voltage and high short-circuit current. How to realize the reliable and safe breaking of ultra-large short-circuit current under ultra-high voltage by switch electrical appliances under low cost conditions is one of the most difficult problems to solve in the world's low-voltage switch electrical appliance technology.

开关的操作手柄,大多为上下推拉运动,与在成套柜以旋转运动不符,要增加转换机构来实现,增加了机械结构,造成了浪费。The operating handles of switches are mostly pushed and pulled up and down, which is inconsistent with the rotational motion in the complete cabinet. A conversion mechanism must be added to achieve this, which increases the mechanical structure and causes waste.

开关如要实现电动操作,需要在开关的操作机构外再设置一套电动操作机构,造成体积大,成本高等等问题。If the switch is to be electrically operated, it is necessary to set up another electric operating mechanism outside the operating mechanism of the switch, which causes problems such as large size and high cost.

因此,亟需一种新型开关电器,能够解决电弧造成的二次短路事故、解决配电柜大幅度减少宽度、减少有色金属的用量、在开关有效的体积内增加灭弧栅片的数量来提升高电压下的分断能力和减少手动、电动时的结构成本、研发出运动速度更高的开关技术能满足新型电力系统对开关电器的小型化、高电压、高分断、零飞弧等诸多严苛要求。Therefore, there is an urgent need for a new type of switching electrical appliance that can solve the secondary short-circuit accidents caused by electric arcs, significantly reduce the width of distribution cabinets, reduce the use of non-ferrous metals, increase the number of arc-extinguishing grids within the effective volume of the switch to improve the breaking capacity under high voltage and reduce the structural cost of manual and electric operation, and develop switching technology with higher movement speeds to meet the many stringent requirements of new power systems for switching electrical appliances such as miniaturization, high voltage, high breaking, and zero arcing.

发明内容Summary of the invention

基于上述背景,通过将开关各极或各相上下层叠设置,各极或各相开关两端的接线端同轴心或不同轴心地上下设置,大幅度降低多极或多相开关的宽度,实现更多台开关在配电柜内并排安装,增加配电柜内开关的布置数量,同时采用反向隧道式电弧消游离技术实现开关在高电压、高分断下的零飞弧性能,大大提高了开关在配电柜内使用的安全性及可靠性,另外还采用了动触头为移动加转动的复合运动技术,能够在更小的空间内实现更大的触头开距,更好地满足于新型电力系统对开关电器小型化、高电压、高分断、零飞弧等要求。Based on the above background, by stacking the poles or phases of the switch up and down, and arranging the terminals at both ends of the poles or phases of the switch up and down with the same axis or different axes, the width of the multi-pole or multi-phase switch is greatly reduced, and more switches can be installed side by side in the distribution cabinet, and the number of switches arranged in the distribution cabinet is increased. At the same time, the reverse tunnel arc extinguishing technology is used to achieve the zero arcing performance of the switch under high voltage and high breaking, which greatly improves the safety and reliability of the switch in the distribution cabinet. In addition, the composite motion technology of moving and rotating the moving contact is adopted, which can achieve a larger contact opening distance in a smaller space, and better meet the requirements of the new power system for miniaturization, high voltage, high breaking, zero arcing and other switching electrical appliances.

一方面,本申请公开一种电的开关,包括绝缘外壳及内部元件,内部元件至少包括动触头、触头支持、静触头、控制机构、第一接线端、第二接线端,绝缘外壳包括容纳控制机构的第一腔体和至少二个容纳动触头、静触头、触头支持的第二腔体;第一接线端和第二接线端分别设置于第二腔体的两端;第一腔体和多个第二腔体以上下叠层设置,第一腔体设置在多个第二腔体的上方;静触头直接或间接地与第一接线端或/和第二接线端连接;第一接线端或/和第二接线端设置有夹头装置或压板装置或螺丝压接装置或提拉式装置;第一接线端或第二接线端在不同相或极呈上下设置的中轴线或中心轴线为同轴设置或不同轴设置;动触头设置在触头支持上并一起运动,触头支持在控制机构直接或间接驱动下做转动或/和移动运动,带动动触头与静触头进行电的接通或分断。On the one hand, the present application discloses an electric switch, comprising an insulating shell and internal components, the internal components at least comprising a moving contact, a contact support, a static contact, a control mechanism, a first terminal, and a second terminal, the insulating shell comprising a first cavity for accommodating the control mechanism and at least two second cavities for accommodating the moving contact, the static contact, and the contact support; the first terminal and the second terminal are respectively arranged at two ends of the second cavity; the first cavity and a plurality of second cavities are arranged in an up-down stack, and the first cavity is arranged above the plurality of second cavities; the static contact is directly or indirectly connected to the first terminal or/and the second terminal; the first terminal or/and the second terminal is provided with a clamping device or a pressure plate device or a screw crimping device or a lifting device; the central axis or the central axis of the first terminal or the second terminal arranged up and down in different phases or poles is coaxially arranged or non-coaxially arranged; the moving contact is arranged on the contact support and moves together, and the contact support is directly or indirectly driven by the control mechanism to rotate or/and move, driving the moving contact and the static contact to connect or disconnect electricity.

以此方式,电的开关的多个相极沿开关高度方向叠层排布,相比原有的多极开关可以大幅度缩小宽度,在同样宽度配电箱内可以并排安装更多的开关,大幅节省配电柜的空间,接线端子可以采用不同的接线结构,上下布置的接线端子的中轴线可以同轴或不同轴,接线方式多样,还可以大幅节省配电柜内转接铜排的用量,大幅度提高人工安装效率及降低人工工时,降低配电柜的成本。In this way, multiple phase poles of the electric switch are stacked along the height direction of the switch, which can greatly reduce the width compared with the original multi-pole switch. More switches can be installed side by side in the same width distribution box, which greatly saves the space of the distribution cabinet. The wiring terminals can adopt different wiring structures, and the central axis of the upper and lower wiring terminals can be coaxial or non-coaxial. The wiring methods are diverse, and the amount of transfer copper busbars in the distribution cabinet can be greatly saved, which greatly improves the efficiency of manual installation, reduces labor hours, and reduces the cost of the distribution cabinet.

另一方面,本申请还公开一种配电系统,包括多组导电排和至少一个的电的开关,至少一个电的开关的多个第一接线端与多组导电排直接或间接连接。On the other hand, the present application further discloses a power distribution system, comprising a plurality of conductive bars and at least one electrical switch, wherein a plurality of first terminals of the at least one electrical switch are directly or indirectly connected to the plurality of conductive bars.

本申请的有益效果为:The beneficial effects of this application are:

1、本申请利用开关的长度空间形成反向隧道式电弧通道,可以使被灭弧室切割后的剩余短电弧在分断产生的气流带动下进入反向隧道式的电弧通道内,让剩余短电弧在电弧通道内完全消散吸收,从而使得开关实现高电压大电流下的零飞弧性能,电弧向后喷,对前方接线端上不同相极的导电排不会造成二次短路危害,大大提高开关使用过程中的安全性和可靠性。1. The present application utilizes the length space of the switch to form a reverse tunnel-type arc channel, so that the remaining short arc after being cut by the arc extinguishing chamber can enter the reverse tunnel-type arc channel driven by the airflow generated by the disconnection, so that the remaining short arc can be completely dissipated and absorbed in the arc channel, thereby enabling the switch to achieve zero arcing performance under high voltage and high current. The arc sprays backwards and will not cause secondary short-circuit hazards to the conductive bars of different phase poles on the front terminal, thereby greatly improving the safety and reliability of the switch during use.

2、本申请在反向隧道式电弧通道上布置灭弧室,充分利用开关的长度方向布置更多的灭弧栅片,使灭弧栅片的数量增加60%以上,灭弧栅片采用金属栅片,把电弧截割成若干段短弧,利用交流电弧的近阴极效应和直流电弧的近极压降,增加电弧电压来使故障电流下降,从而加速电弧熄灭,限流能力强,能够分断更高的电压和更大的电流。2. The present application arranges an arc extinguishing chamber on the reverse tunnel arc channel, and makes full use of the length direction of the switch to arrange more arc extinguishing grids, so that the number of arc extinguishing grids is increased by more than 60%. The arc extinguishing grids use metal grids to cut the arc into several short arcs. The near-cathode effect of the AC arc and the near-pole voltage drop of the DC arc are used to increase the arc voltage to reduce the fault current, thereby accelerating the arc extinction. It has a strong current limiting capability and can disconnect higher voltages and larger currents.

3、本申请的电的开关在高电压大电流下的零飞弧性能,可以减小多极电的开关与配电柜内其他导电件之间的安全距离,解决多极电的开关因飞弧距离长,安装于配电柜内安全距离大造成配电柜内空间及导电排浪费的问题。3. The zero arcing performance of the electric switch of the present application under high voltage and high current can reduce the safety distance between the multi-pole electric switch and other conductive parts in the distribution cabinet, and solve the problem of waste of space and conductive bars in the distribution cabinet due to the long arcing distance of the multi-pole electric switch and the large safety distance when installed in the distribution cabinet.

4、本申请的电的开关的机构,使动触头以水平方向运动的转动角达到80度以上,比现在技术的开关转角扩大了二倍,将动触头的长度设计成比相关技术的开关缩短了50%以上,利用这些技术,使本申请的开关比原有的多极开关可以大幅度缩小宽度,在同样宽度配电柜内可以并排安装更多台本申请的多极电的开关,可以大幅节省配电柜的空间,提高配电柜内的空间利用率。4. The mechanism of the electric switch of the present application enables the moving contact to move in the horizontal direction at an angle of more than 80 degrees, which is twice the angle of the switch of the existing technology. The length of the moving contact is designed to be more than 50% shorter than that of the switch of the related technology. By utilizing these technologies, the switch of the present application can be greatly reduced in width compared with the original multi-pole switch. More multi-pole electric switches of the present application can be installed side by side in the same width distribution cabinet, which can greatly save the space of the distribution cabinet and improve the space utilization rate in the distribution cabinet.

5、本申请的电的开关进出线端沿高度方向层叠排布与配电柜内的导电排层叠的高度相同,开关接线端可直接与导电排连接,省去原有配电柜与开关连接用的转接铜排,使整体配电柜的成本降低30%以上。5. The inlet and outlet terminals of the electric switch of the present application are stacked in the height direction at the same height as the conductive bus in the distribution cabinet. The switch terminals can be directly connected to the conductive bus, eliminating the transfer copper bus used to connect the original distribution cabinet and the switch, thereby reducing the cost of the overall distribution cabinet by more than 30%.

6、本申请的电的开关便于柜内安装及与柜内导电排的连接,可以大幅度降低柜体安装的人工工时,从而降低配电柜总体成本。6. The electric switch of the present application is easy to install in the cabinet and connect with the conductive bar in the cabinet, which can greatly reduce the man-hours for cabinet installation, thereby reducing the overall cost of the distribution cabinet.

7、本申请的电的开关的操作手柄可以直接设置为旋转手柄,旋转手柄采用水平旋转手柄,与开关绝缘件顶部平面平行,增大了力臂,减小手的用力,人手可以握紧手柄操作,不仅适应人手的用力方式,操作省力,而且旋转手柄可以转动的角度较大,容易识别开关具体的分合闸位置及跳闸位置。7. The operating handle of the electric switch of the present application can be directly set as a rotating handle. The rotating handle adopts a horizontal rotating handle, which is parallel to the top plane of the switch insulating part, increases the force arm, reduces the hand force, and the human hand can hold the handle tightly to operate. It not only adapts to the human hand's force method and saves effort in operation, but also the rotating handle can be rotated at a large angle, which is easy to identify the specific opening and closing position and tripping position of the switch.

8、本申请的电的开关通过设置电动控制机构,可以实现遥控和远程完成开关的分合闸操作,减少直接接触高压设备,提高操作安全性,而且电动操作能够减少人工操作,提高操作效率。8. The electric switch of the present application can realize remote control and remote completion of the switch opening and closing operations by setting an electric control mechanism, reducing direct contact with high-voltage equipment and improving operational safety. In addition, electric operation can reduce manual operation and improve operational efficiency.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

为了更清楚地说明本申请实施方式的技术方案,下面将对实施方式中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请中记载的一些实施方式,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the implementation methods of the present application, the drawings required for use in the implementation methods will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some implementation methods recorded in this application. For ordinary technicians in this field, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without paying creative labor.

图1为相关技术的开关装置100’的结构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a switch device 100′ of the related art;

图2为相关技术的开关装置100’的内部结构示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of a switch device 100' of the related art;

图3为相关技术的开关装置100’并排安装在配电柜内的示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a switch device 100' of the related art installed side by side in a power distribution cabinet;

图4为第一实施例公开的三极开关的立体示意图;FIG4 is a perspective schematic diagram of a three-pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment;

图5为图4中三极开关的分解示意图;FIG5 is an exploded schematic diagram of the three-pole switch in FIG4 ;

图6为图4中接线附件的结构示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wiring accessories in FIG4;

图7为第一实施例公开的第一极开关的内部结构示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the first pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment;

图8为第一实施例公开的的动触头结构示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the moving contact disclosed in the first embodiment;

图9为第一实施例公开的动触头另一种结构示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of another structure of the movable contact disclosed in the first embodiment;

图10为第一实施例公开的动触头组件的结构示意图;FIG10 is a schematic structural diagram of the moving contact assembly disclosed in the first embodiment;

图11为第一实施例公开的触头支持的结构示意图;FIG11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the contact support disclosed in the first embodiment;

图12为第一实施例公开的第一极开关的外部结构示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the first pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment;

图13为第一实施例公开的电的开关的另一结构示意图;FIG13 is another schematic diagram of the structure of the electric switch disclosed in the first embodiment;

图14为图13中触头支持的结构示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the contact support in FIG13;

图15为第一实施例公开的多个触头支持拼接后的结构示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of multiple contact supports after splicing disclosed in the first embodiment;

图16为第一实施例公开的多个触头支持拼接后与多连杆机构连接的结构示意图;FIG16 is a schematic structural diagram of a plurality of contact supports connected to a multi-link mechanism after being spliced together according to the first embodiment;

图17为第一实施例公开的多连杆机构的结构示意图;FIG17 is a schematic structural diagram of the multi-link mechanism disclosed in the first embodiment;

图18为第一实施例公开的齿轮和齿条传动配合的结构示意图;FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the gear and rack transmission cooperation disclosed in the first embodiment;

图19为第一实施例公开的多连杆机构与旋转手柄连接的结构示意图;FIG19 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the multi-link mechanism disclosed in the first embodiment and the rotary handle;

图20为第一实施例公开的三极开关的第一、二接线端排布的结构示意图;FIG20 is a schematic structural diagram of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the three-pole switch disclosed in the first embodiment;

图21为第一实施例公开的动触头和静触头在打开位置的结构示意图;FIG21 is a schematic structural diagram of the movable contact and the stationary contact in the open position disclosed in the first embodiment;

图22为第一实施例公开的灭弧室的结构示意图; FIG22 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the arc extinguishing chamber disclosed in the first embodiment;

图23为第一实施例公开的灭弧室设置在绝缘外壳内及电弧通道的结构示意图;FIG23 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the arc extinguishing chamber disposed in the insulating housing and the arc channel disclosed in the first embodiment;

图24为灭弧室的其他结构示意图;FIG24 is a schematic diagram of other structures of the arc extinguishing chamber;

图25为第一实施例公开的过载脱扣器的结构示意图;FIG25 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the overload release disclosed in the first embodiment;

图26为第一实施例公开的过载脱扣器设置在绝缘外壳的结构示意图;FIG26 is a schematic structural diagram of an overload release device disclosed in the first embodiment being arranged in an insulating housing;

图27为第一实施例公开的多个过载脱扣器与多连杆机构联动的结构示意图;FIG27 is a schematic structural diagram of the linkage between multiple overload releases and a multi-link mechanism disclosed in the first embodiment;

图28为第一实施例公开的三极开关与导电排连接的结构示意图;FIG28 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the three-pole switch and the conductive bar disclosed in the first embodiment;

图29为第二实施例公开的电的开关结构示意图;FIG29 is a schematic diagram of the electrical switch structure disclosed in the second embodiment;

图30为图29中电的开关的部分结构示意图;FIG30 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of the switch in FIG29;

图31为第三实施例公开的本申请的多连杆机构与推拉手柄连接的结构示意图;FIG31 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the multi-link mechanism of the present application and the push-pull handle disclosed in the third embodiment;

图32为第四实施例公开的二极开关的第一、二接线端排布的结构示意图;FIG32 is a schematic structural diagram of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the two-pole switch disclosed in the fourth embodiment;

图33为第五实施例公开的二极开关的第一、二接线端排布的结构示意图;FIG33 is a schematic structural diagram of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the two-pole switch disclosed in the fifth embodiment;

图34和图35为第六实施例公开的四极开关的第一、二接线端排布的结构示意图;34 and 35 are schematic structural diagrams of the arrangement of the first and second terminals of the four-pole switch disclosed in the sixth embodiment;

图36、图37和图38为第七实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;36, 37 and 38 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the seventh embodiment;

图39和图40为第八实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;39 and 40 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the eighth embodiment;

图41为第九实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG41 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the ninth embodiment;

图42为第十实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG42 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the tenth embodiment;

图43为第十一实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG43 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electrical switch disclosed in the eleventh embodiment;

图44为第十二实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG44 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twelfth embodiment;

图45和图46为第十三实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;45 and 46 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the thirteenth embodiment;

图47为第十四实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG47 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electrical switch disclosed in a fourteenth embodiment;

图48、图49和图50为第十五实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图; 48, 49 and 50 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in a fifteenth embodiment;

图51为第十五实施例公开的电的开关在自由脱扣状态时的结构示意图;FIG51 is a schematic structural diagram of the electrical switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment in a free tripping state;

图52为第十五实施例公开的电的开关在再扣状态时的结构示意图;FIG52 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the electric switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment in the re-fastening state;

图53为第十五实施例公开的电的开关在合闸状态时的结构示意图;FIG53 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the electric switch in the closed state according to the fifteenth embodiment;

图54为第十五实施例公开的导杆的结构示意图;FIG54 is a schematic structural diagram of a guide rod disclosed in a fifteenth embodiment;

图55为第十五实施例公开的助力件的结构示意图;FIG55 is a schematic structural diagram of a power assist member disclosed in a fifteenth embodiment;

图56为第十五实施例公开的辅助开关安装在第二腔体中电的开关处于合闸状态的结构示意图;FIG56 is a structural schematic diagram of the auxiliary switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment, in which the switch is installed in the second cavity and is in a closed state;

图57为第十五实施例公开的辅助开关安装在第二腔体中电的开关处于分闸或自由脱扣状态的结构示意图;FIG57 is a schematic structural diagram of the auxiliary switch disclosed in the fifteenth embodiment, in which the switch is installed in the second cavity and is in an open or free tripping state;

图58为第十六实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG58 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in a sixteenth embodiment;

图59为第十七实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG59 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in a seventeenth embodiment;

图60和图61为第十八实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;60 and 61 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the eighteenth embodiment;

图62和图63为第十九实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;62 and 63 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the nineteenth embodiment;

图64、图65和图66为第二十实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;64, 65 and 66 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twentieth embodiment;

图67和图68为第二十一实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;67 and 68 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-first embodiment;

图69至图72为第二十二实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;69 to 72 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-second embodiment;

图73至图75为第二十三实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;73 to 75 are schematic structural diagrams of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-third embodiment;

图76和图77为第二十四实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;76 and 77 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-fourth embodiment;

图78为第二十五实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG78 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-fifth embodiment;

图79和图80为第二十六实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;79 and 80 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-sixth embodiment;

图81和82为第二十七实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;81 and 82 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-seventh embodiment;

图83为第二十七实施例公开的电的开关与导电排连接的结构示意图;FIG83 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between an electrical switch and a conductive bar disclosed in the twenty-seventh embodiment;

图84为第二十八实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;FIG84 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-eighth embodiment;

图85和图86为第二十九实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图;85 and 86 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an electric switch disclosed in the twenty-ninth embodiment;

图87为第三十实施例公开的电的开关的结构示意图; FIG87 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electrical switch disclosed in the thirtieth embodiment;

图88和图89为第三十实施例公开的电的开关与导电排连接的结构示意图;88 and 89 are schematic diagrams of the structure of the connection between the electrical switch and the conductive bar disclosed in the thirtieth embodiment;

图90为压板装置的结构示意图;Figure 90 is a schematic structural diagram of a pressing plate device;

图91为第三十一实施例公开的电的开关的部分结构示意图;FIG91 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of an electric switch disclosed in the thirty-first embodiment;

图92为图91中的传动轴、连接轴及触头支持之间的连接结构示意图;FIG92 is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the transmission shaft, the connecting shaft and the contact support in FIG91;

图93为图91中的连接轴和触头支持之间的连接结构示意图;FIG93 is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the connection shaft and the contact support in FIG91;

图94为螺丝压接装置配合一侧设置有凸起或凹槽的导电排与电的开关连接的结构示意图;FIG94 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a screw crimping device in conjunction with a conductive bar having a protrusion or a groove on one side for connecting to an electrical switch;

图95为带有导电连接条的螺丝压紧装置配合平面直条状导电排与电的开关连接的结构示意图;FIG95 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a screw clamping device with a conductive connecting strip in conjunction with a flat straight strip conductive bar connected to an electrical switch;

图96为提拉装置配合直条平面状的导电排与电的开关连接的结构示意图;FIG96 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the pulling device in conjunction with a straight planar conductive bar connected to an electrical switch;

图97为提拉装置配合一侧设置有凸起的导电排与电的开关连接的结构示意图;FIG97 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the lifting device and the conductive bar with a protrusion on one side connected to the electrical switch;

图98为压板装置配合直条状导电排与电的开关连接的结构示意图;FIG98 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the pressure plate device in conjunction with the straight strip conductive bar connected to the electrical switch;

图99为螺丝压接装置配合直条状带孔导电排与电的开关连接的结构示意图。Figure 99 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a screw crimping device in conjunction with a straight strip of perforated conductive bar connected to an electrical switch.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

为使本申请实施的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行更加详细的描述。在附图中,自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的元件或具有相同或类似功能的元件。所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的,旨在用于解释本申请,而不能理解为对本申请的限制。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。 In order to make the purpose, technical scheme and advantages of the implementation of this application clearer, the technical scheme in the embodiment of this application will be described in more detail below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiment of this application. In the drawings, the same or similar reference numerals throughout represent the same or similar elements or elements with the same or similar functions. The described embodiments are part of the embodiments of this application, not all of them. The embodiments described below with reference to the drawings are exemplary and are intended to be used to explain this application, and should not be construed as limitations on this application. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field without making creative work are within the scope of protection of this application.

开关电器一般用于配电柜内,主要作用是对电能进行分配,随着科学技术的发展,配电柜的系统容量在不断提升,因此对柜内用于电能分配的开关数量就要求越来越多。Switching electrical appliances are generally used in distribution cabinets, and their main function is to distribute electrical energy. With the development of science and technology, the system capacity of distribution cabinets is constantly improving, so the number of switches used for electrical energy distribution in the cabinet is required to increase.

图1-2示出了根据相关技术的多极开关装置的示意图100’。如图1所示,多极开关装置100’长、宽、高分别沿X、Y、Z方向设置,进线端10’和出线端20’沿开关装置100’的宽度(Y)方向平铺设置,如图2所示,动触头30’在操作机构50’驱动下沿高度(Z)方向上下转动与静触头40’进行电的接通或分断。这种方案的主要缺陷在于,动触头30’只能做单纯地转动,在有限的空间,能实现的触头开距较小,而触头开距大小对开关的分断能力及绝缘性能有决定性的影响,因此,开关装置100’的方案如果不加大外形尺寸,很难进一步加大触头开距,而加大外形尺寸又不能满足实际应用中小型化的要求。FIG1-2 shows a schematic diagram 100' of a multi-pole switch device according to the related art. As shown in FIG1, the length, width and height of the multi-pole switch device 100' are arranged along the X, Y and Z directions respectively, and the inlet terminal 10' and the outlet terminal 20' are arranged flat along the width (Y) direction of the switch device 100'. As shown in FIG2, the moving contact 30' is driven by the operating mechanism 50' to rotate up and down along the height (Z) direction to connect or disconnect the electricity with the static contact 40'. The main defect of this scheme is that the moving contact 30' can only rotate simply, and the contact opening distance that can be achieved in a limited space is small, and the size of the contact opening distance has a decisive influence on the breaking capacity and insulation performance of the switch. Therefore, if the scheme of the switch device 100' does not increase the external dimensions, it is difficult to further increase the contact opening distance, and increasing the external dimensions cannot meet the requirements of miniaturization in practical applications.

其次,在实际应用中,开关装置100’通常沿宽度方向并排安装在配电柜中,通过转接铜排将多台开关装置100’与柜内导电排电连接,如图3所示,为了便于安装及运输,配电柜的宽度一般是按标准统一设定的,开关装置的宽度较大,在有限的宽度空间内能并排安装的台数较少,需要安装更多台开关时则需要分多层安装于配电柜内,这样就导致配电柜的高度尺寸加大了,另外由于开关装置100’的进线端10’是沿宽度(Y)方向平铺设置的,为了保证各相极之间的绝缘距离,就需要利用转接铜排上下交错隔开地与导电排连接,这样一来配电柜内的转接铜排与导电排的连接会变得错综复杂,安装特别不方便,同时铜排用量特别大,不利于配电柜总体成本的降低,同时,转接铜排在不同相极间穿插设置,一旦绝缘老化或破损,很容易造成相间击穿短路事故,造成严重的安全事故。Secondly, in actual applications, the switch devices 100' are usually installed side by side in the distribution cabinet along the width direction, and multiple switch devices 100' are electrically connected to the conductive bus in the cabinet through the transfer copper busbar, as shown in FIG3. In order to facilitate installation and transportation, the width of the distribution cabinet is generally set uniformly according to the standard. The width of the switch device is relatively large, and the number of switches that can be installed side by side in a limited width space is relatively small. When more switches need to be installed, they need to be installed in the distribution cabinet in multiple layers, which increases the height of the distribution cabinet. In addition, due to the large number of switch devices, the switch devices are installed in the distribution cabinet. The incoming line end 10' of 100' is laid flat along the width (Y) direction. In order to ensure the insulation distance between each phase pole, it is necessary to use the transfer copper busbar to connect with the conductive busbar in an alternating manner. In this way, the connection between the transfer copper busbar and the conductive busbar in the distribution cabinet becomes complicated, and the installation is particularly inconvenient. At the same time, the amount of copper busbar is particularly large, which is not conducive to reducing the overall cost of the distribution cabinet. At the same time, the transfer copper busbar is interspersed between different phase poles. Once the insulation is aged or damaged, it is easy to cause phase-to-phase breakdown short-circuit accidents, causing serious safety accidents.

为解决以上传统开关装置的技术问题,本申请提供了一种电的开关,电的开关可以为应用于直流电的多极开关或应用于交流电的多相开关,电的开关将第一腔体和多个第二腔体层叠设置,同时将第一接线端、第二接线端沿高度方向层叠设置,减小传统开关装置的宽度。下面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行详细说明。In order to solve the technical problems of the above conventional switch devices, the present application provides an electrical switch, which can be a multi-pole switch for direct current or a multi-phase switch for alternating current. The electrical switch stacks a first cavity and a plurality of second cavities, and stacks a first terminal and a second terminal in a height direction, thereby reducing the width of the conventional switch device. The embodiments of the present application are described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

第一实施例 First embodiment

如图4~图26所示,假定电的开关100的长、宽、高分别沿X、Y、Z方向设置,电的开关100为三极电的开关,包括绝缘外壳及内部元件,内部元件至少包括动触头20、触头支持21、静触头30、控制机构、第一接线端40、第二接线端50,本实施例中控制机构为机械控制机构,至少包括多连杆机构104,绝缘外壳包括容纳多连杆机构104的第一腔体150和至少二个容纳动触头、静触头、触头支持的第二腔体160;第一接线端40和第二接线端50分别设置于第二腔体160的两端,第一腔体150和三个第二腔体160上下叠层设置,第一腔体150设置在三个第二腔体160的上方,第一腔体和第二腔体均由两个绝缘件组成,本实施例中,第一腔体150与第二腔体160相邻的两个绝缘件为一体化结构,第一腔体150由一个绝缘件105与其下方的一个绝缘件组合形成;第二腔体160由上绝缘件10和下绝缘件11上下拼接而成;设置在三个第二腔体内的内部元件分别形成第一极开关101、第二极开关102和第三极开关103,第三极开关103、第二极开关102、第一极开关101、多连杆机构104、第一绝缘外壳105及操作手柄106沿电的开关100高度方向(Z轴方向)自下向上依次层叠设置。As shown in FIGS. 4 to 26 , assuming that the length, width and height of the electric switch 100 are arranged along the X, Y and Z directions respectively, the electric switch 100 is a three-pole electric switch, including an insulating shell and internal components, the internal components at least including a moving contact 20, a contact support 21, a stationary contact 30, a control mechanism, a first terminal 40, and a second terminal 50. In this embodiment, the control mechanism is a mechanical control mechanism, at least including a multi-link mechanism 104, the insulating shell includes a first cavity 150 for accommodating the multi-link mechanism 104 and at least two second cavities 160 for accommodating the moving contact, the stationary contact and the contact support; the first terminal 40 and the second terminal 50 are respectively arranged at two ends of the second cavity 160, the first cavity 150 and the three second cavities 160 are arranged in an up-and-down stack, and the first cavity 150 Arranged above the three second cavities 160, the first cavity and the second cavity are each composed of two insulating parts. In this embodiment, the two insulating parts adjacent to the first cavity 150 and the second cavity 160 are an integrated structure, and the first cavity 150 is formed by combining an insulating part 105 and an insulating part below it; the second cavity 160 is formed by splicing an upper insulating part 10 and a lower insulating part 11 up and down; the internal components arranged in the three second cavities respectively form a first pole switch 101, a second pole switch 102 and a third pole switch 103, and the third pole switch 103, the second pole switch 102, the first pole switch 101, the multi-link mechanism 104, the first insulating shell 105 and the operating handle 106 are stacked from bottom to top along the height direction (Z-axis direction) of the electrical switch 100.

本实施例中,多个第二腔体160呈长条形状或长方形状,第一腔体150呈方形状,在其他实施例中,第一腔体还可以呈圆形状或方圆相结合形状设置。In this embodiment, the plurality of second cavities 160 are in a strip shape or a rectangular shape, and the first cavity 150 is in a square shape. In other embodiments, the first cavity may also be in a circular shape or a combination of a square and a circular shape.

请继续参考图4,第一极开关101、第二极开关102和第三极开关103的两端分别设置第一接线端和第二接线端,本实施例中,第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50为压板装置110,电的开关至少一端的多个压板装置110在不同相极呈上下设置,呈上下设置的多个压板装置110的中心轴线不同轴线设置,即第一极开关101一端的压板装置的中心轴线P1、第二极开关102一端的压板装置的中心轴线P2、第三极开关103一端的压板装置的中心轴线P3不在同一直线上。即多个压板装置110沿开关的高度Z方向层叠且沿开关的宽度方向Y方向相互错位设置。如此设置,可以大幅节省配电柜内转接铜排的用量,大幅度提高人工安装效率及降低人工工时,降低配电柜的成本。Please continue to refer to Figure 4. The first and second terminals are respectively provided at both ends of the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 and the third pole switch 103. In this embodiment, the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 are pressure plate devices 110. The multiple pressure plate devices 110 at at least one end of the electrical switch are arranged up and down at different phase poles, and the central axes of the multiple pressure plate devices 110 arranged up and down are arranged on different axes, that is, the central axis P1 of the pressure plate device at one end of the first pole switch 101, the central axis P2 of the pressure plate device at one end of the second pole switch 102, and the central axis P3 of the pressure plate device at one end of the third pole switch 103 are not on the same straight line. That is, the multiple pressure plate devices 110 are stacked along the height Z direction of the switch and are mutually staggered along the width Y direction of the switch. Such a setting can greatly save the amount of transfer copper bars in the distribution cabinet, greatly improve the efficiency of manual installation and reduce labor hours, and reduce the cost of the distribution cabinet.

需要说明的是,在其他实施例中,第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50还可以为夹头装置或螺丝压接装置或提拉式装置,当第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50为夹头装置时,呈上下排布的多个夹头装置的中轴线同轴或不同轴地设置;当第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50为螺丝压接装置或提拉式装置时,多个螺丝压接装置或提拉式装置的中心轴线不同轴线地上下设置。It should be noted that, in other embodiments, the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 can also be a chuck device or a screw crimping device or a lifting device. When the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 is a chuck device, the central axes of the multiple chuck devices arranged vertically are set coaxially or non-axially; when the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 is a screw crimping device or a lifting device, the central axes of the multiple screw crimping devices or lifting devices are set vertically and non-axially.

进一步地,请参考图4至图6,压板装置110包括接线端子和接线附件,接线附件包括连接板110a、螺纹紧固件110b和弹片110c,连接板110a一端压在接线端子上与接线端子电连接。Further, please refer to Figures 4 to 6, the pressure plate device 110 includes a wiring terminal and a wiring accessory, the wiring accessory includes a connecting plate 110a, a threaded fastener 110b and a spring 110c, and one end of the connecting plate 110a is pressed on the wiring terminal and electrically connected to the wiring terminal.

在一些实施例中,电的开关的最小宽度为2个接线端压紧螺丝的直径之和,本实施例中的接线端压紧螺丝为螺纹紧固件110b,即电的开关的最小宽度为2个螺纹紧固件110b的直径之和。In some embodiments, the minimum width of the electrical switch is the sum of the diameters of the two terminal clamping screws. In this embodiment, the terminal clamping screws are threaded fasteners 110b, that is, the minimum width of the electrical switch is the sum of the diameters of the two threaded fasteners 110b.

在一些实施例中,第一极开关101、第二极开关102、第三极开关103内部构成基本相同,下面以第一极开关101为例来展开叙述,如图7所示,第一极开关101包括动触头20、触头支持21、静触头30、第一接线端40、第二接线端50、软导线60,动触头20与第一接线端40通过软导线60相连,动触头20与静触头30沿X轴的开关长度方向相对设置,动触头20以水平轴向设置,动触头20由第一接线端40向第二接线端50方向运动,动触头20与第一接线端40之间的绝缘外壳呈密闭状态设置,静触头30与第二接线端50通过铆接、焊接、一体成型等方式电连接,本实施例中动触头20与静触头30的接触方式为平面压力接触,在其他一些可选实施例中,也可以设置为动触头20通过软导线60与第二接线端50相连,静触头30与第一接线端40相连。In some embodiments, the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102, and the third pole switch 103 have substantially the same internal structure. The first pole switch 101 is taken as an example for description. As shown in FIG. 7, the first pole switch 101 includes a moving contact 20, a contact support 21, a stationary contact 30, a first terminal 40, a second terminal 50, and a flexible wire 60. The moving contact 20 is connected to the first terminal 40 through the flexible wire 60. The moving contact 20 and the stationary contact 30 are arranged opposite to each other along the switch length direction of the X-axis. The moving contact 20 is arranged horizontally. Axially arranged, the moving contact 20 moves from the first terminal 40 to the second terminal 50, the insulating shell between the moving contact 20 and the first terminal 40 is arranged in a closed state, and the static contact 30 is electrically connected to the second terminal 50 by riveting, welding, integral molding, etc. In this embodiment, the contact method between the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 is planar pressure contact. In some other optional embodiments, it can also be arranged that the moving contact 20 is connected to the second terminal 50 through a soft wire 60, and the static contact 30 is connected to the first terminal 40.

继续参考图8所示,动触头20为角形状,角形状的拐角处设置有作为动触头20运动支点的第二孔20a,在其他一些可选实施例中,第二孔20a也可以设置为凸起状,角形状包括第一臂20b和第二臂20c,第一臂20b的端部上设置有合金触点20d,第二臂20c的端部设置有软导线60。Continuing with reference to FIG8 , the moving contact 20 is in an angular shape, and a second hole 20a serving as a fulcrum for the movement of the moving contact 20 is provided at the corner of the angular shape. In some other optional embodiments, the second hole 20a may also be provided in a protrusion shape. The angular shape includes a first arm 20b and a second arm 20c, and an alloy contact 20d is provided at the end of the first arm 20b, and a soft wire 60 is provided at the end of the second arm 20c.

在其他一些可选实施例中,如图9所示,动触头20为条形状,条形状的中间部位设置有作为运动支点的第二孔20a,条形状的一端部上设置有合金触点20d,另一端部设置有软导线60。 In some other optional embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9 , the moving contact 20 is in the shape of a strip, a second hole 20a serving as a fulcrum is provided in the middle of the strip, an alloy contact 20d is provided at one end of the strip, and a soft wire 60 is provided at the other end.

继续参考图10所示,动触头20通过一第二轴22穿过第二孔20a铰接在触头支持21上,动触头20通过弹性件23与触头支持21压接在一起,跟随触头支持21一起运动,当有外力作用于动触头20时,动触头20克服弹性件23提供给的压力相对于触头支持21产生一定角度的转动,从而保证动触头20与静触头30接触时有足够的超行程和触头压力。Continuing with reference to FIG. 10 , the moving contact 20 is hinged on the contact support 21 via a second shaft 22 passing through the second hole 20a. The moving contact 20 is crimped together with the contact support 21 via an elastic member 23 and moves along with the contact support 21. When an external force acts on the moving contact 20, the moving contact 20 overcomes the pressure provided by the elastic member 23 and rotates at a certain angle relative to the contact support 21, thereby ensuring that there is sufficient overtravel and contact pressure when the moving contact 20 contacts the static contact 30.

继续参考图11所示,触头支持21两端部设置有与触头支持中心轴线同轴的圆凸台21a,这里所说的触头支持的端部指触头支持长度方向的两端,圆凸台21a内侧同轴心设置有槽或通孔21b,触头支持绕圆凸台21a的轴心转动,本实施例中槽或通孔21b为六角形,在其他一些可选实施例中,槽或通孔21b为便于连接及力的传导可以设置为其他形状。Continuing to refer to FIG. 11 , the two ends of the contact support 21 are provided with circular bosses 21a coaxial with the central axis of the contact support. The ends of the contact support here refer to the two ends in the length direction of the contact support. A groove or through hole 21b is coaxially provided on the inner side of the circular boss 21a, and the contact support rotates around the axis of the circular boss 21a. In this embodiment, the groove or through hole 21b is hexagonal. In some other optional embodiments, the groove or through hole 21b can be set to other shapes for the convenience of connection and force transmission.

继续参考图12所示,绝缘件上设置有滑槽,滑槽包括上滑槽10a和下滑槽11a,其中,上绝缘件10沿X轴的开关长度方向平行设置的是上滑槽10a、下绝缘件11沿X轴的开关长度方向平行设置的是下滑槽11a,触头支持21的圆凸台21a插入上绝缘件10的上滑槽10a、下绝缘件11的下滑槽11a内,圆凸台21a可在上滑槽10a、下滑槽11a内移动及转动。Continuing to refer to FIG. 12 , a slide groove is provided on the insulating member, and the slide groove includes an upper slide groove 10a and a lower slide groove 11a, wherein the upper insulating member 10 is provided with the upper slide groove 10a parallel to the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the lower insulating member 11 is provided with the lower slide groove 11a parallel to the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the circular boss 21a of the contact support 21 is inserted into the upper slide groove 10a of the upper insulating member 10 and the lower slide groove 11a of the lower insulating member 11, and the circular boss 21a can move and rotate in the upper slide groove 10a and the lower slide groove 11a.

请参考图13和图14,圆凸台21a上还设置有轴承26,可以大幅度减小触头支持在转动和移动过程中的摩擦力,防止触头支持传动过程中卡死。Please refer to FIG. 13 and FIG. 14 . A bearing 26 is also provided on the circular boss 21 a , which can significantly reduce the friction force of the contact support during rotation and movement, and prevent the contact support from getting stuck during transmission.

继续参考图15所示,通过连接轴24插入触头支持21的槽或通孔21b内可将多个触头支持21沿Z轴的开关高度方向自下向上拼装成一体,本实施例中通过两个连接轴24将三个触头支持21拼装成一体,在其他一些可选实施例中,可以根据本实施例中的拼接方式增加或减少触头支持21的数量。Continuing with reference to FIG. 15 , a plurality of contact supports 21 can be assembled into one piece from bottom to top along the switch height direction of the Z-axis by inserting the connecting shaft 24 into the groove or through hole 21b of the contact support 21. In this embodiment, three contact supports 21 are assembled into one piece through two connecting shafts 24. In other optional embodiments, the number of contact supports 21 can be increased or decreased according to the splicing method in this embodiment.

继续参考图16所示,触头支持21的圆凸台21a上设置槽或通孔21b,三个触头支持21拼装成一体后,位于最上方的触头支持21的端部与多连杆机构104间接连接,通过在槽或通孔21b内插入传动轴25,触头支持21沿Z轴的开关高度方向连接至多连杆机构104。Continuing to refer to FIG. 16 , a groove or through hole 21b is provided on the circular boss 21a of the contact support 21. After the three contact supports 21 are assembled into one, the end of the contact support 21 located at the top is indirectly connected to the multi-link mechanism 104. By inserting the transmission shaft 25 into the groove or through hole 21b, the contact support 21 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 along the switch height direction of the Z axis.

继续参考图17所示,多连杆机构104设置在上绝缘件10的外侧,绝缘地设置在动触头20和静触头30的上方,多连杆机构104为四连杆结构,其包括杠杆、锁扣、跳扣、上连杆、下连杆、主拉簧、若干传动轴、输出杆1041及侧板1042,控制机构设置有直接或间接地驱动触头支持的端部运动的驱动部,本实施例的驱动部的结构为悬臂式,驱动部包括输出杆1041和传动轴25,传动轴25的一端与最上方的触头支持端部固定连接,另一端与输出杆1041固定连接,侧板1042上沿X轴的开关长度方向设置有第三滑槽1042a,侧板1042上的第三滑槽1042a,与上绝缘件10上的上滑槽10a、下绝缘件11上的下滑槽11a沿X轴的开关长度方向平行设置,多连杆机构104通过杠杆带动主拉簧储能,再通过上连杆、下连杆和输出杆1041等多连杆传递,最后通过输出杆1041带动传动轴25沿侧板1042上第三滑槽1042a滑动,进而驱动三个拼装成一体的触头支持21,从而在上绝缘件10的上滑槽10a、下绝缘件11的下滑槽11a内移动,最后带动动触头20沿X轴的开关长度方向前后移动。Continuing to refer to FIG. 17 , the multi-link mechanism 104 is arranged on the outside of the upper insulating member 10, and is insulated above the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30. The multi-link mechanism 104 is a four-link structure, which includes a lever, a lock, a jump lock, an upper link, a lower link, a main tension spring, a plurality of transmission shafts, an output rod 1041 and a side plate 1042. The control mechanism is provided with a driving part that directly or indirectly drives the end of the contact support to move. The structure of the driving part of this embodiment is cantilever. The driving part includes an output rod 1041 and a transmission shaft 25. One end of the transmission shaft 25 is fixedly connected to the uppermost contact support end, and the other end is fixedly connected to the output rod 1041. The side plate 1042 is provided with a switch length direction along the X-axis. A third slide groove 1042a is provided. The third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042 is arranged parallel to the upper slide groove 10a on the upper insulating member 10 and the lower slide groove 11a on the lower insulating member 11 along the switch length direction of the X-axis. The multi-link mechanism 104 drives the main tension spring to store energy through a lever, and then transmits it through multiple links such as the upper link, the lower link and the output rod 1041. Finally, the output rod 1041 drives the transmission shaft 25 to slide along the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042, thereby driving the three assembled contact supports 21 to move in the upper slide groove 10a of the upper insulating member 10 and the lower slide groove 11a of the lower insulating member 11, and finally drives the moving contact 20 to move back and forth along the switch length direction of the X-axis.

继续参考图18所示,连接轴24的转动轴心上设置齿轮24a,本实施例中,齿轮24a通过高强度绝缘材料与连接轴24一体成型,在其他一些可选实施例中,齿轮24a也可以与连接轴24拼接或设置于触头支持21上,与齿轮24a外沿还正对设置有齿条26,齿条26固定在上绝缘件10、下绝缘件11上,本实施例中包括两个连接轴24,两个连接轴24都设置有齿轮24a,并分别对应设置两个齿条26,在其他一些可选实施例中齿轮24a与齿条26以更多或更少的数量对应设置,三个拼装成一体的触头支持21在上绝缘件10的上滑槽10a、下绝缘件11的下滑槽11a内移动时,齿条26会对齿轮24a的轴心产生一个转矩驱动在齿轮24a在齿条26上滚动,同时,齿条26对齿轮24a的轴心产生的转矩会通过连接轴24传递给触头支持21,进而带动触头支持21沿轴心转动,最终带动动触头20沿X轴的开关长度方向前后转动。Continuing to refer to FIG. 18 , a gear 24a is provided on the rotation axis of the connecting shaft 24. In this embodiment, the gear 24a is integrally formed with the connecting shaft 24 by a high-strength insulating material. In some other optional embodiments, the gear 24a may also be spliced with the connecting shaft 24 or provided on the contact support 21. A rack 26 is also provided opposite to the outer edge of the gear 24a. The rack 26 is fixed on the upper insulating member 10 and the lower insulating member 11. In this embodiment, two connecting shafts 24 are included. Both connecting shafts 24 are provided with gears 24a, and two racks 26 are provided correspondingly. In some other embodiments, In an optional embodiment, the gear 24a and the rack 26 are arranged in a corresponding manner in greater or lesser numbers. When the three contact supports 21 assembled into one body move in the upper slide groove 10a of the upper insulating member 10 and the lower slide groove 11a of the lower insulating member 11, the rack 26 will generate a torque on the axis of the gear 24a to drive the gear 24a to roll on the rack 26. At the same time, the torque generated by the rack 26 on the axis of the gear 24a will be transmitted to the contact support 21 through the connecting shaft 24, thereby driving the contact support 21 to rotate along the axis, and finally driving the moving contact 20 to rotate back and forth along the switch length direction of the X-axis.

继续参考图19所示,构成第一腔体的绝缘件沿Z轴的开关高度方向与多个构成第二腔体的绝缘件拼装构成开关的绝缘外壳,多连杆机构104设于第一腔体内,操作手柄106设置第一腔体的上方,通过一个半轴1061与多连杆机构104相连,操作手柄106为旋转手柄,半轴1061为旋转手柄的转心沿Z轴的开关高度方向设置,旋转手柄驱动半轴1061在120°范围内旋转进而带动多连杆机构104再扣、分闸及合闸。 Continuing to refer to Figure 19, the insulating parts constituting the first cavity are assembled with multiple insulating parts constituting the second cavity along the switch height direction of the Z axis to form the insulating shell of the switch. The multi-link mechanism 104 is arranged in the first cavity, and the operating handle 106 is arranged above the first cavity, and is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through a half-axis 1061. The operating handle 106 is a rotating handle, and the half-axis 1061 is the center of rotation of the rotating handle and is arranged along the switch height direction of the Z axis. The rotating handle drives the half-axis 1061 to rotate within a range of 120°, thereby driving the multi-link mechanism 104 to re-lock, open and close the switch.

继续参考图20所示,第一极开关101、第二极开关102和第三极开关103均设置有第一接线端40和第二接线端50,第一极开关101的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50,第二极开关102的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50,第三极开关103第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50,均可沿Y轴的开关宽度方向左右相互错开并沿Z轴的开关高度方向上下绝缘地分布设置,第三极开关103上设置的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50往上重叠设置的第一极开关101的绝缘罩壳70上设置有第二通孔70a,第二极开关102上设置的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50往上重叠设置的第一极开关101的绝缘罩壳70上设置有第三通孔70b,将三个第一接线端40和第二接线端50沿高度方向(Z轴方向)层叠和沿Y轴的开关宽度方向交错设置可以有效减小开关100的总体宽度还不影响开关100与外接导电排的连接。Continuing to refer to FIG. 20 , the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 and the third pole switch 103 are all provided with a first terminal 40 and a second terminal 50. The first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the second pole switch 102, and the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the third pole switch 103 can be staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y axis and insulated and distributed up and down along the switch height direction of the Z axis. The first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the third pole switch 103 are provided with a first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, and the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the second pole switch 102. A second through hole 70a is provided on the insulating cover 70 of the first pole switch 101 on which the first terminal 40 and/or the second terminal 50 are overlapped upward, and a third through hole 70b is provided on the insulating cover 70 of the first pole switch 101 on which the first terminal 40 and/or the second terminal 50 arranged on the second pole switch 102 are overlapped upward. Stacking the three first terminals 40 and the second terminals 50 in the height direction (Z-axis direction) and staggeredly arranging them in the switch width direction along the Y-axis can effectively reduce the overall width of the switch 100 without affecting the connection between the switch 100 and the external conductive bus.

继续参考图21所示,在开关长度(X轴方向)和宽度(Y轴方向)形成的XY平面内,动触头20与静触头30呈一夹角a,多连杆机构104驱动触头支持21进而带动动触头20靠近静触头30过程中,齿条26会驱动齿轮24a带动触头支持21转动进而带动动触头20向靠近静触头30方向转动,此运动过程中,夹角a会逐渐减小,当夹角接近0°时,动触头20与静触头30接触。当多连杆机构104驱动触头支持21进而带动动触头20远离静触头30过程中,齿条26会驱动齿轮24a带动触头支持21转动进而带动动触头20向远离静触头30方向转动,此运动过程中,夹角a会逐渐增大,当夹角接近130°时,动触头20距离与静触头30最远,达到触头开距位置。Continuing to refer to Figure 21, in the XY plane formed by the length (X-axis direction) and width (Y-axis direction) of the switch, the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 form an angle a. When the multi-link mechanism 104 drives the contact support 21 and then drives the moving contact 20 to approach the static contact 30, the rack 26 will drive the gear 24a to drive the contact support 21 to rotate and then drive the moving contact 20 to rotate in the direction close to the static contact 30. During this movement, the angle a will gradually decrease. When the angle is close to 0°, the moving contact 20 is in contact with the static contact 30. When the multi-link mechanism 104 drives the contact support 21 and then drives the moving contact 20 away from the static contact 30, the rack 26 will drive the gear 24a to drive the contact support 21 to rotate and then drive the moving contact 20 to rotate away from the static contact 30. During this movement, the angle a will gradually increase. When the angle is close to 130°, the moving contact 20 is farthest from the static contact 30, reaching the contact opening position.

综上,本公开实施例中动触头在多连杆机构直接或间接驱动下做沿X轴的开关长度方向前后移动和转动的复合运动,并与静触头进行电的接通或分断,其中移动距离L为1-50mm,转动角度a为10-130度。通过动触头20的复合运动,这样在更小的空间内能够实现更大的触头开距,同时将开关端子沿高度方向层叠设置,创新出一种短触头、大开距、小宽度、易安装、易连接的新型开关电器。In summary, the movable contact in the disclosed embodiment moves forward and backward and rotates in the switch length direction of the X-axis under the direct or indirect drive of the multi-link mechanism, and is electrically connected or disconnected with the static contact, wherein the moving distance L is 1-50 mm and the rotation angle a is 10-130 degrees. Through the composite movement of the movable contact 20, a larger contact opening distance can be achieved in a smaller space, and the switch terminals are stacked in the height direction, thereby innovating a new type of switch electrical appliance with short contacts, large opening distance, small width, easy installation, and easy connection.

在本实施例中,如图22-26所示,第一极开关101、第二极开关102、 第三极开关103内还设置有灭弧室80,灭弧室80包括多片金属栅片801和两块隔弧板802,多片金属栅片801在两块隔弧板802之间相隔一定距离设置,灭弧室80也以纵向设置在上绝缘件10、下绝缘件11内,放置在动触头20或/和静触头30的前面,当动触头20与静触头30打开时产生的电弧就可以迅速进入灭弧室80,灭弧室80沿X轴的开关长度方向从第一接线端40延伸至第二接线端50,这样灭弧室80可以充分利用开关的长度方向布置更多的金属栅片801,提高开关100在更高电压下的分断能力,在上绝缘件10、下绝缘件11内靠近灭弧室80位置设置有空隙构成电弧通道,电弧通道的出口设置在动触头20打开方向的相反的一侧,这样利用开关的长度空间形成反向隧道式电弧通道,可以使被灭弧室80切割后剩余短电弧在分断产生的气流带动下进入反向隧道式的电弧通道内,让剩余短电弧在电弧通道内进一步的消散吸收,从而使得开关实现高电压、高分断下的零飞弧性能,大大提高开关使用过程中的安全性和可靠性。In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 22-26 , the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102, The third-pole switch 103 is also provided with an arc extinguishing chamber 80, which includes a plurality of metal grids 801 and two arc isolation plates 802. The plurality of metal grids 801 are arranged at a certain distance between the two arc isolation plates 802. The arc extinguishing chamber 80 is also arranged longitudinally in the upper insulating member 10 and the lower insulating member 11, and is placed in front of the moving contact 20 and/or the stationary contact 30. When the moving contact 20 and the stationary contact 30 are opened, the arc generated can quickly enter the arc extinguishing chamber 80. The arc extinguishing chamber 80 extends from the first terminal 40 to the second terminal 50 along the switch length direction of the X-axis. In this way, the arc extinguishing chamber 80 can make full use of the length direction of the switch to arrange more metal The grid piece 801 improves the breaking capacity of the switch 100 at a higher voltage. Gaps are provided in the upper insulating member 10 and the lower insulating member 11 near the arc extinguishing chamber 80 to form an arc channel. The outlet of the arc channel is provided on the side opposite to the opening direction of the moving contact 20. In this way, a reverse tunnel-type arc channel is formed by utilizing the length space of the switch. The remaining short arc after being cut by the arc extinguishing chamber 80 can enter the reverse tunnel-type arc channel driven by the airflow generated by the breaking, so that the remaining short arc can be further dissipated and absorbed in the arc channel, thereby enabling the switch to achieve zero arcing performance under high voltage and high breaking, greatly improving the safety and reliability of the switch during use.

在一可选实施例中,如图24所示,开关100的最小宽度为W,动触头20的长度为W1,灭弧室80的宽度为W2,开关100的最小宽度W与动触头20的长度W1或/和灭弧室80的宽度W2成正比,即动触头20的长度W1或/和灭弧室80的宽度W2越大,开关100的最小宽度W就越大,在开关100的分闸、合闸过程中,动触头20的运动轨迹越过灭弧室80沿长度方向的中心线O,在动触头20的运动过程中,动触头20在起始位置位于中心线O的一侧,在终止位置位于中线线O的另一侧。动触头的运动轨迹越过灭弧室的垂直中心线,如此不仅有利于引弧,而且能充分利用灭弧室中心线两侧的金属栅片,达到更好的灭弧效果。In an optional embodiment, as shown in FIG. 24 , the minimum width of the switch 100 is W, the length of the moving contact 20 is W1, and the width of the arc extinguishing chamber 80 is W2. The minimum width W of the switch 100 is proportional to the length W1 of the moving contact 20 or/and the width W2 of the arc extinguishing chamber 80, that is, the larger the length W1 of the moving contact 20 or/and the width W2 of the arc extinguishing chamber 80, the larger the minimum width W of the switch 100. During the opening and closing process of the switch 100, the movement trajectory of the moving contact 20 crosses the center line O of the arc extinguishing chamber 80 along the length direction. During the movement of the moving contact 20, the moving contact 20 is located on one side of the center line O at the starting position and on the other side of the center line O at the ending position. The movement trajectory of the moving contact crosses the vertical center line of the arc extinguishing chamber, which is not only conducive to arc striking, but also can make full use of the metal grids on both sides of the center line of the arc extinguishing chamber to achieve a better arc extinguishing effect.

在本实施例中,如图25-27所示,第一极开关101、第二极开关102、第三极开关103内还设置有过载脱扣器90,过载脱扣器90设置在沿X轴的开关长度方向的第一接线端40和第二接线端50之间,过载脱扣器90包括磁短路脱扣器91和热过载脱扣器92,磁短路脱扣器91和热过载脱扣器92周围还设置有推杆93,本实施例中包括三个磁短路脱扣器91、热过载脱扣器92和推杆93,通过一脱扣杆94沿Z轴的开关高度方向将三个推杆93自下相上延伸至多连杆机构104,当线路中出现过载或短路电流时,磁短路脱扣器91和热过载脱扣器92会推动推杆93联动脱扣杆94使多连杆机构104解扣,从而使开关100跳闸,切断线路中的故障电流,保障了线路和线路中其他电器设备的安全,脱扣杆94沿Z轴的开关高度方向将三个推杆93连成一体,这样一来三极开关任意一极出现过电流故障,三极都能同时跳闸保护,保证了整体系统的安全。In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 25-27 , an overload release 90 is further provided in the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102, and the third pole switch 103. The overload release 90 is provided between the first terminal 40 and the second terminal 50 along the length direction of the switch along the X-axis. The overload release 90 includes a magnetic short-circuit release 91 and a thermal overload release 92. A push rod 93 is further provided around the magnetic short-circuit release 91 and the thermal overload release 92. In this embodiment, three magnetic short-circuit releases 91, thermal overload releases 92, and push rods 93 are provided. The switch along the Z-axis is opened by a trip rod 94. The three push rods 93 are extended from the lower phase to the multi-link mechanism 104 in the direction of the switch height. When an overload or short-circuit current occurs in the line, the magnetic short-circuit release 91 and the thermal overload release 92 will push the push rod 93 to link the trip rod 94 to release the multi-link mechanism 104, thereby tripping the switch 100 and cutting off the fault current in the line, thereby ensuring the safety of the line and other electrical equipment in the line. The trip rod 94 connects the three push rods 93 into one along the switch height direction of the Z axis. In this way, if an overcurrent fault occurs in any pole of the three-pole switch, the three poles can trip for protection at the same time, thereby ensuring the safety of the overall system.

图28示出本实施例的电的开关与导电排的连接结构示意图,电的开关长度方向的至少一端设置有插槽1001,多组导电排200插入插槽1001后通过压板装置110进行压接。28 is a schematic diagram showing the connection structure between the electrical switch and the conductive bar of this embodiment. A slot 1001 is provided at at least one end of the electrical switch in the length direction. After a plurality of groups of conductive bars 200 are inserted into the slot 1001 , they are crimped by a pressing plate device 110 .

本申请的开关通过动触头复合运动和反向隧道式电弧消游离技术,从而实现开关在小体积下高电压、高分断下的零飞弧能力,可以大幅度提供本申请安装在配电柜内的安全性,防止在高电压大电流分断时产生的飞弧造成配电柜内二次短路而引发火灾或设备烧毁等严重后果。The switch of the present application realizes zero arcing capability under high voltage and high breaking rate in a small volume through the combined movement of moving contacts and reverse tunnel arc extinguishing technology, which can greatly improve the safety of the switch installed in the distribution cabinet and prevent the arcing generated during high voltage and high current breaking from causing secondary short circuit in the distribution cabinet and causing serious consequences such as fire or equipment burning.

第二实施例Second embodiment

如图29和图30所示,本实施例提供另一种结构的电的开关,与第一实施例的区别在于,绝缘件107为一体成型结构,上下叠层的三个绝缘件107形成三个独立的第二腔体,与第一实施例中绝缘件的拼接结构相比,本实施例中一体成型结构节省组装步骤,省时省力。As shown in Figures 29 and 30, this embodiment provides an electric switch of another structure. The difference from the first embodiment is that the insulating part 107 is an integrally formed structure, and the three insulating parts 107 stacked up and down form three independent second cavities. Compared with the splicing structure of the insulating parts in the first embodiment, the integrally formed structure in this embodiment saves assembly steps, saving time and effort.

第三实施例Third embodiment

如图31所示,与上述实施例不同的是,本实施例的操作手柄106为推拉手柄,推拉手柄沿X轴的开关长度方向移动,推拉手柄通过传动轴1062与多连杆机构104机械连接,推拉手柄带动传动轴1062沿X轴的开关长度方向移动进而带动多连杆机构104再扣、分闸及合闸,此种手柄的操作方式符合开关的操作习惯,方便操作者使用。As shown in Figure 31, different from the above-mentioned embodiment, the operating handle 106 of this embodiment is a push-pull handle, which moves along the switch length direction of the X-axis. The push-pull handle is mechanically connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through the transmission shaft 1062. The push-pull handle drives the transmission shaft 1062 to move along the switch length direction of the X-axis and then drives the multi-link mechanism 104 to re-lock, open and close the switch. The operation method of this handle conforms to the operating habits of the switch and is convenient for the operator to use.

第四实施例Fourth embodiment

如图32所示,与上述实施例不同的是,本实施例的电的开关为二极电的开关,只包括第二极开关102、第一极开关101、多连杆机构104、绝缘件105及操作手柄106沿电的开关100高度方向(Z轴方向)自下向上依次层叠设置,第一极开关101和第二极开关102分别由两个绝缘件包裹,第一极开关101和第二极开关102均设置有第一接线端40和第二接线端50,第一极开关101与第二极开关102的第一接线端40沿Y轴的开关宽度方向左右相互错开并沿Z轴的开关高度方向上下绝缘地分布设置,第一极开关101与第二极开关102的第二接线端50也可以沿Y轴的开关宽度方向左右相互错开并沿Z轴的开关高度方向上下绝缘地分布设置,相比三极开关,本实施例的二极开关,第一接线端40和第二接线端50在宽度方向(Y轴方向)的空间更充裕,利用高度方向的层叠和宽度方向的错位就可将第一极开关101和第二极开关102的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50完全错开,这样一来安装接线更为方便,能够更好地在两相交流系统或高电压直流系统用应用。As shown in FIG32 , different from the above-mentioned embodiment, the electric switch of this embodiment is a two-pole electric switch, which only includes a second-pole switch 102, a first-pole switch 101, a multi-link mechanism 104, an insulating member 105 and an operating handle 106, which are stacked in sequence from bottom to top along the height direction (Z-axis direction) of the electric switch 100. The first-pole switch 101 and the second-pole switch 102 are respectively wrapped by two insulating members. The first-pole switch 101 and the second-pole switch 102 are both provided with a first terminal 40 and a second terminal 50. The first terminals 40 of the first-pole switch 101 and the second-pole switch 102 are staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y-axis and along the switch height direction of the Z-axis. The first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 are insulated and distributed in the vertical direction. The second terminals 50 of the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 can also be staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y axis and insulated and distributed in the vertical direction along the switch height direction of the Z axis. Compared with the three-pole switch, the two-pole switch of this embodiment has more space for the first terminal 40 and the second terminal 50 in the width direction (Y axis direction). The first terminal 40 and/or the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 can be completely staggered by stacking in the height direction and staggering in the width direction. This makes installation and wiring more convenient and can be better used in two-phase AC systems or high-voltage DC systems.

第五实施例Fifth embodiment

如图33所示,与第四实施例不同的是,本实施例的第一极开关101与第二极开关102的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50沿X轴的开关长度方向呈前后相互错开并绝缘地分布设置,这样利用开关长度方向前后设置第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50相比利用开关宽度方向左右设置第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50而言,开关的总体长度会更长,但总体宽度可以却可以更小,可以适用于对开关长度要求不高,宽度要求更窄的配电柜内,可以提高开关的适用性。As shown in FIG. 33 , unlike the fourth embodiment, the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 of this embodiment are staggered and insulated from each other front to back along the switch length direction of the X-axis. Thus, compared with setting the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 left to right in the switch width direction, the overall length of the switch is longer when the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 is set front to back in the switch length direction, but the overall width can be smaller, so the switch can be used in a distribution cabinet that has low requirements on the switch length and narrower requirements on the width, thereby improving the applicability of the switch.

第六实施例Sixth embodiment

请参考图34,本实施例的电的开关为四极电的开关,包括第一极开关101、第二极开关102、第三极开关103和第四极开关103C,第一极开关101、第二极开关102、第三极开关103和第四极开关103C均设置有第一接线端40和第二接线端50,第四极开关103C设置在第三极开关103的下方,第四极开关的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50与第一极开关101或第二极开关102或第三极开关103的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50呈同轴设置时,第一极开关101或第二极开关102或第三极开关103的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50上的接线装置部分零件为可拆卸,通过将第四极开关103C的接线端与第一极开关101的接线端设置为同轴,如此设置第四极开关103C的接线端可以让第四极开关103C的接线端重叠在第一极开关101接线端的下方,开关的总宽度不会增加,在接线时为了能顺利的将螺丝刀插入到第四极开关103C的接线端,第一极开关101的接线端上的接线装置部分零件为可拆卸,接线装置至少包含螺钉、弹垫、平垫,在进行第四极开关103C的接线安装时,将第一极开关101的接线装置拆卸,将螺丝刀从第一极开关的螺纹插入并穿过绝缘外壳的孔洞直插第四极开关103C的接线端的螺钉进行接线安装,安装完成后再进行其他极开关的接线,第四极开关103C的接线端不限于与第一极开关101接线端同轴设置,也可以与第二极开关102、第三极开关103进行同轴设置均可达到的效果,在宽度不增加的情况下实现更多的相、极的设置,有效的节省了安装空间和成本。在其他实施例中,如图35所示,也可以将第四极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端与第一极开关、第二极开关、第三极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端左右相互错开不同轴设置。Please refer to FIG34 . The electric switch of the present embodiment is a four-pole electric switch, including a first pole switch 101, a second pole switch 102, a third pole switch 103 and a fourth pole switch 103C. The first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102, the third pole switch 103 and the fourth pole switch 103C are all provided with a first terminal 40 and a second terminal 50. The fourth pole switch 103C is provided below the third pole switch 103. When the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the fourth pole switch are coaxially arranged with the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 or the third pole switch 103, some parts of the wiring device on the first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of the first pole switch 101, the second pole switch 102 or the third pole switch 103 are detachable. By setting the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C to be coaxial with the terminal of the first pole switch 101, the wiring of the fourth pole switch 103C is provided in this way. The terminal can make the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C overlap below the terminal of the first pole switch 101, and the total width of the switch will not increase. In order to smoothly insert the screwdriver into the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C during wiring, some parts of the wiring device on the terminal of the first pole switch 101 are detachable, and the wiring device at least includes screws, spring washers, and flat washers. When installing the wiring of the fourth pole switch 103C, the wiring device of the first pole switch 101 is disassembled, and the screwdriver is inserted from the thread of the first pole switch and through the hole of the insulating shell to the screw of the terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C for wiring installation. After the installation is completed, the wiring of other pole switches is carried out. The terminal of the fourth pole switch 103C is not limited to being coaxially arranged with the terminal of the first pole switch 101, and can also be coaxially arranged with the second pole switch 102 and the third pole switch 103. The effect of achieving more phase and pole settings without increasing the width is effectively saved. Installation space and cost. In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 35 , the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the fourth pole switch may be staggered and/or non-coaxially arranged with the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the first pole switch, the second pole switch, and the third pole switch.

第七实施例Seventh embodiment

如图36和37、图38所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,动触头20铰接在触头支持21上,动触头20与静触头30仅转动地连接,最上方触头支持21端部的槽或通孔21b内插入传动轴25,传动轴25作为机械结构将触头支持21沿开关高度方向连接至多连杆机构104,继而触头支持21上的动触头20在多连杆机构104的驱动下转动,转动角度为10~130度,实现与静触头30进行电的接触或分离。本实施例的动触头结构简单可靠,常用于低压交直流系统。As shown in Figures 36, 37 and 38, the electrical switch of this embodiment is different from that of the first embodiment in that the moving contact 20 is hinged on the contact support 21, the moving contact 20 is only connected to the static contact 30 in a rotational manner, the transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the groove or through hole 21b at the end of the uppermost contact support 21, and the transmission shaft 25 is used as a mechanical structure to connect the contact support 21 to the multi-link mechanism 104 along the switch height direction, and then the moving contact 20 on the contact support 21 is driven by the multi-link mechanism 104 to rotate at an angle of 10 to 130 degrees, thereby realizing electrical contact or separation with the static contact 30. The moving contact of this embodiment has a simple and reliable structure and is commonly used in low-voltage AC and DC systems.

第八实施例Eighth embodiment

如图39和40所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,动触头20相对静触头30能够移动地设置,驱动部的结构为悬臂式,驱动部包括传动轴25和输出杆1041,多个触头支持21通过传动轴25与多连杆机构连接,输出杆1041在多连杆机构驱动下做移动运动,输出杆1041将多连杆机构的驱动力传递给传动轴25,带动触头支持21一同移动,继而动触头20在多连杆机构104的驱动下平移,移动距离L为1~50mm,实现与静触头30进行电的接触或分离。本实施例的动触头采用平移式的,结构简单可靠,常用于隔离开关中,用作改变电路连接或使线路或设备与电源隔离。 As shown in Figures 39 and 40, the electrical switch of this embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the moving contact 20 is movably arranged relative to the static contact 30, the structure of the driving part is cantilevered, the driving part includes a transmission shaft 25 and an output rod 1041, a plurality of contact supports 21 are connected to the multi-link mechanism through the transmission shaft 25, the output rod 1041 moves under the drive of the multi-link mechanism, the output rod 1041 transmits the driving force of the multi-link mechanism to the transmission shaft 25, drives the contact support 21 to move together, and then the moving contact 20 is driven by the multi-link mechanism 104 to translate, and the moving distance L is 1 to 50 mm, so as to realize electrical contact or separation with the static contact 30. The moving contact of this embodiment adopts a translation type, which has a simple and reliable structure and is commonly used in disconnectors to change circuit connections or isolate lines or equipment from power supplies.

第九实施例Ninth embodiment

如图41所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,动触头20与第一接线端40之间连接活动接触硬导体61,活动接触硬导体61为铜片,动触头20一端设置为平面与设置有平面的硬导体61活动连接,动触头20的平面上设置有运动支点的第二孔20a,另一端上设置有合金触点20d。活动接触硬导体与动触头连接工艺简单,可以省去软导体与动触头连接的复杂焊接工艺,同时可以降低成本,节省动触头运动空间,常用于开关内部空间较小的场合。As shown in FIG41 , the electrical switch of this embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that a movable contact hard conductor 61 is connected between the moving contact 20 and the first terminal 40, and the movable contact hard conductor 61 is a copper sheet. One end of the moving contact 20 is provided with a plane and is movably connected to the hard conductor 61 provided with a plane. A second hole 20a for a moving fulcrum is provided on the plane of the moving contact 20, and an alloy contact 20d is provided on the other end. The process of connecting the movable contact hard conductor with the moving contact is simple, and the complex welding process of connecting the soft conductor with the moving contact can be omitted. At the same time, the cost can be reduced, and the moving contact movement space can be saved. It is often used in occasions where the internal space of the switch is small.

第十实施例Tenth embodiment

如图42所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,动触头20与静触头30的接触方式为夹头式接触,本实施例采用夹头式的动触头结构,在大电流通过时,两片动触头流过的同向电流会产生电动吸力夹紧静触头,可以大幅度提高动触头与静触头之间的接触压力,防止动触头与静触头斥开,常用于对短时耐受电流要求更高的场合。As shown in Figure 42, the difference between the electric switch of this embodiment and that of the first embodiment is that the contact method between the moving contact 20 and the stationary contact 30 is a clamp-type contact. This embodiment adopts a clamp-type moving contact structure. When a large current passes through, the unidirectional current flowing through the two moving contacts will generate an electric suction force to clamp the stationary contact, which can greatly increase the contact pressure between the moving contact and the stationary contact and prevent the moving contact and the stationary contact from being repelled. It is often used in occasions with higher requirements for short-term withstand current.

第十一实施例Eleventh Embodiment

如图43所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,动触头和静触头为双断点结构,本实施例中设置有两个静触头30,两个静触头30分别设置在动触头20两端的对角处,动触头20在多连杆机构104的驱动下旋转实现与静触头的分离或接触。双断点的动触头相对单断点动触头,动触头斥开速度更快,通过两个断口产生更高的电弧电压,限流能力更强,常用于高电压、高分断能力的场合。As shown in FIG43 , the electrical switch of this embodiment is different from that of the first embodiment in that the moving contact and the stationary contact are double-breakpoint structures. In this embodiment, two stationary contacts 30 are provided, and the two stationary contacts 30 are respectively provided at the diagonal positions at both ends of the moving contact 20. The moving contact 20 rotates under the drive of the multi-link mechanism 104 to achieve separation or contact with the stationary contact. Compared with the single-breakpoint moving contact, the moving contact of the double-breakpoint moving contact has a faster moving contact opening speed, generates a higher arc voltage through two breaks, and has a stronger current limiting capability, and is often used in high-voltage and high-breaking-capacity occasions.

本实施例中双断点动触头30与两个静触头30构成2个断点,每个断点对应设置一个电弧通道,电弧通道的自灭弧室80靠近静触头30的一侧沿灭弧室的一侧延伸后折弯再沿绝缘件的长度方向延伸自出口,电弧通道的出口设置在于动触头20打开方向的相反的一侧,如此设置,加长了电弧通道,使被灭弧室80切割后剩余短电弧进一步消游离,从而实现开关在高电压、高分断下的零飞弧性能,大大提高了开关在使用过程中的安全性和可靠性。In this embodiment, the double-breakpoint moving contact 30 and the two stationary contacts 30 constitute two breakpoints, and an arc channel is correspondingly arranged at each breakpoint. The arc channel extends from the arc extinguishing chamber 80 close to the stationary contact 30 along one side of the arc extinguishing chamber, bends, and then extends from the outlet along the length direction of the insulating member. The outlet of the arc channel is arranged on the side opposite to the opening direction of the moving contact 20. With such an arrangement, the arc channel is lengthened, so that the remaining short arc after being cut by the arc extinguishing chamber 80 is further extinguished, thereby realizing the zero arcing performance of the switch under high voltage and high breaking, and greatly improving the safety and reliability of the switch during use.

第十二实施例 Twelfth Embodiment

如图44所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的区别在于,沿电的开关长度方向布置3个灭弧室80,多个灭弧室拼接可以实现一体化灭弧室的灭弧性能,同时可以降低单个灭弧室栅片的铆接难度,便于自动化生产。As shown in FIG. 44 , the difference between the electrical switch of this embodiment and that of the first embodiment is that three arc extinguishing chambers 80 are arranged along the length direction of the electrical switch, and the splicing of multiple arc extinguishing chambers can achieve the arc extinguishing performance of an integrated arc extinguishing chamber, while reducing the difficulty of riveting a single arc extinguishing chamber grid, thereby facilitating automated production.

第十三实施例Thirteenth Embodiment

如图45和图46所示,本实例的电的开关与第一实施例的区别在于,三极电的开关的三个相极的触头支持21设置成一体式,即第一极开关101的触头支持21、第二极开关102的触头支持21和第三极开关103的触头支持21为一体整体的触头支持结构。一体成型的结构节省了组装步骤,省时省力。As shown in Figures 45 and 46, the difference between the electric switch of this example and the first embodiment is that the contact supports 21 of the three phase poles of the three-pole electric switch are arranged in an integrated manner, that is, the contact support 21 of the first pole switch 101, the contact support 21 of the second pole switch 102 and the contact support 21 of the third pole switch 103 are an integrated contact support structure. The integrated structure saves assembly steps, saving time and effort.

第十四实施例Fourteenth Embodiment

如图47所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的区别在于,驱动部的结构为拨杆式,驱动部包括传动轴25和第五摆杆10400,传动轴通过第五摆杆与多连杆机构连接,传动轴25与任意第二腔体内的触头支持21侧部间接连接,传动轴25由第一腔体插入至第二腔体,一端在第一腔体内与第五摆杆10400固定连接,另一端在第二腔体通过连接轴24连接到触头支持21的转动中心,这里所说的触头支持的侧部指触头支持两端之间的触头支持的周向,连接轴24侧部向外延伸出一延长臂,延长臂上设置有两个延长臂通孔,多连杆机构104伸出的两个传动轴25穿过多个第二腔体,且分别插入连接轴24上对应的两个延伸臂通孔,两个传动轴25的另一端与第五摆杆连接,,本实施例中,通过传动轴贯穿第一腔体和第二腔体,与第二腔体内的触头支持的侧部连接,使控制机构的驱动力直接作用在三极开关的中间极,这样三极开关的动触头受力更均衡,传递更可靠,稳定性高。As shown in FIG47 , the difference between the electric switch of this embodiment and the first embodiment is that the structure of the driving part is a lever type, and the driving part includes a transmission shaft 25 and a fifth swing rod 10400. The transmission shaft is connected to the multi-link mechanism through the fifth swing rod, and the transmission shaft 25 is indirectly connected to the side of the contact support 21 in any second cavity. The transmission shaft 25 is inserted from the first cavity to the second cavity, one end of which is fixedly connected to the fifth swing rod 10400 in the first cavity, and the other end is connected to the rotation center of the contact support 21 through the connecting shaft 24 in the second cavity. The side of the contact support here refers to the side between the two ends of the contact support. In the circumferential direction of the contact support, an extension arm extends outward from the side of the connecting shaft 24, and two extension arm through holes are arranged on the extension arm. The two transmission shafts 25 extending from the multi-link mechanism 104 pass through the multiple second cavities and are respectively inserted into the corresponding two extension arm through holes on the connecting shaft 24. The other ends of the two transmission shafts 25 are connected to the fifth rocker. In this embodiment, the transmission shaft passes through the first cavity and the second cavity and is connected to the side of the contact support in the second cavity, so that the driving force of the control mechanism directly acts on the middle pole of the three-pole switch, so that the moving contact of the three-pole switch is more evenly stressed, the transmission is more reliable, and the stability is high.

第十五实施例Fifteenth Embodiment

如图48至图49所示,本实施例的电的开关与第十四实施例的区别在于,触头支持21由第一触头支持2101、第二触头支持2102和第三触头支持2103拼接形成,第一触头支持2101上具有阴性结构21c,第二触头支持2102上具有阳性结构21d,阴性结构21c与阳性结构21d位置对应且相互配合,第一触头支持2101和第二触头支持2102通过阴性结构21c和阳性结构21d拼接,相同地,第二触头支持2102与第三触头2103也通过其上的阴性结构21c和阳性结构21d拼接,阴性结构21c和阳性结构21d可将多个触头支持21拼装成一体。As shown in Figures 48 to 49, the difference between the electrical switch of this embodiment and the fourteenth embodiment is that the contact support 21 is formed by splicing a first contact support 2101, a second contact support 2102 and a third contact support 2103. The first contact support 2101 has a negative structure 21c, and the second contact support 2102 has a positive structure 21d. The negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d correspond in position and cooperate with each other. The first contact support 2101 and the second contact support 2102 are spliced together by the negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d. Similarly, the second contact support 2102 and the third contact 2103 are also spliced together by the negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d thereon. The negative structure 21c and the positive structure 21d can assemble multiple contact supports 21 into one.

两个传动轴25的一端与触头支持连接,另一端与输出杆1041连接,本实施例中,驱动部的结构为拨杆式,控制机构的驱动部为传动轴25和第五摆杆10400,传动轴25将触头支持21与输出杆1041进行连接,具体的,触头支持21侧部设置有一延伸臂,延伸臂上设置有两个延伸臂通孔,传动轴包括第一传动轴25a和第二传动轴25b,第一传动轴25a和第二传动轴25b的输入端均与多连杆机构的第五摆杆10400连接,第一传动轴25a呈阶梯状,第一传动轴25a穿过第一触头支持2101上的延伸臂通孔,第一传动轴25a的输出端连接第二触头支持2102,第二传动轴25b贯穿第一触头支持2101上和第二触头支持2102上的延伸臂通孔,第二传动轴25b的输出端连接至第三触头支持2103,如此,多连杆机构的运动力先传导给第二触头支持2102上的动触头,然后再分别传递给第一触头支持2101的动触头和第三触头支持2103上的动触头,三极开关的动触头受力均衡,不仅可靠传递多连杆机构运动力,稳定性高,且触头支持21的延伸臂将传动轴25包裹起来,绝缘性高。One end of the two transmission shafts 25 is connected to the contact support, and the other end is connected to the output rod 1041. In this embodiment, the structure of the driving part is a lever type, and the driving part of the control mechanism is the transmission shaft 25 and the fifth swing rod 10400. The transmission shaft 25 connects the contact support 21 with the output rod 1041. Specifically, an extension arm is provided on the side of the contact support 21, and two extension arm through holes are provided on the extension arm. The transmission shaft includes a first transmission shaft 25a and a second transmission shaft 25b. The input ends of the first transmission shaft 25a and the second transmission shaft 25b are both connected to the fifth swing rod 10400 of the multi-link mechanism. The first transmission shaft 25a is stepped. The first transmission shaft 25a passes through the first contact support 210 1, the output end of the first transmission shaft 25a is connected to the second contact support 2102, the second transmission shaft 25b passes through the extension arm through holes on the first contact support 2101 and the second contact support 2102, and the output end of the second transmission shaft 25b is connected to the third contact support 2103. In this way, the movement force of the multi-link mechanism is first transmitted to the moving contact on the second contact support 2102, and then transmitted to the moving contact of the first contact support 2101 and the moving contact on the third contact support 2103 respectively. The moving contact of the three-pole switch is subjected to balanced force, which not only reliably transmits the movement force of the multi-link mechanism and has high stability, but also the extension arm of the contact support 21 wraps up the transmission shaft 25, which has high insulation.

如图50-57所示,为更清楚说明欠压脱扣器170、辅助开关180、报警开关190和分励脱扣器(未示出)在本开关中的实现方式,附图中只显示杠杆1401、牵引杆1402和触头支持21来说明在开关不同状态下实现欠压脱扣器170、辅助开关180、报警开关190和分励脱扣器的状态触发。欠压脱扣器170、辅助开关180、报警开关190和分励脱扣器设置在第一腔体150内,位于多连杆机构104的两侧。As shown in Figures 50-57, in order to more clearly illustrate the implementation of the undervoltage release 170, the auxiliary switch 180, the alarm switch 190 and the shunt release (not shown) in the present switch, only the lever 1401, the traction rod 1402 and the contact support 21 are shown in the drawings to illustrate the state triggering of the undervoltage release 170, the auxiliary switch 180, the alarm switch 190 and the shunt release in different states of the switch. The undervoltage release 170, the auxiliary switch 180, the alarm switch 190 and the shunt release are arranged in the first cavity 150, located on both sides of the multi-link mechanism 104.

欠压脱扣器170包括导杆1701和助力件1702,当线路电压低于额定电压的某一数值时,欠压脱扣器的线圈不足以保持吸合,会释放打击开关的脱扣装置引起开关断开,保证不会误合闸,从而保证线路负载的安全。欠压脱扣器170为助吸式结构,当开关在合闸状态下欠压脱扣器170执行释放动作,欠压脱扣器170带动导杆1701动作,导杆1701的打击部1701a打击牵引杆1402,从而引起开关脱扣,并抵住牵引杆1402维持在脱扣状态,实现开关的断开,再次合闸前需要欠压脱扣器170吸合,由于欠压脱扣器170为助吸式结构,需要外力才能使欠压脱扣器170吸合,因此在再扣过程中,杠杆1401通过触动助力件1702的第一接触部1702a,通过自身旋转使得第二接触部1702b与导杆1701的复位部1701b接触,推动导杆1701带动欠压脱扣器170吸合复位,使得导杆1701的打击部1701a远离牵引杆1402,实现开关正常合闸,同时助力件1702在复位弹簧(未示出)作用下回到原位,等待下一次的欠压脱扣器170的释放进行复位吸合。The undervoltage release 170 includes a guide rod 1701 and an assisting member 1702. When the line voltage is lower than a certain value of the rated voltage, the coil of the undervoltage release is not sufficient to remain attracted, and will release the tripping device that strikes the switch, causing the switch to be disconnected, thereby ensuring that the switch will not be closed by mistake, thereby ensuring the safety of the line load. The undervoltage release 170 is an assisting suction structure. When the switch is in the closed state, the undervoltage release 170 performs a release action, and the undervoltage release 170 drives the guide rod 1701 to move. The striking part 1701a of the guide rod 1701 strikes the traction rod 1402, thereby causing the switch to trip, and resists the traction rod 1402 to maintain it in the tripped state, thereby disconnecting the switch. The undervoltage release 170 needs to be attracted before closing the switch again. Since the undervoltage release 170 is an assisting suction structure, external force is required to attract the undervoltage release 170, so during the re-closing process. In the process, the lever 1401 triggers the first contact portion 1702a of the assisting member 1702, and rotates itself to make the second contact portion 1702b contact the reset portion 1701b of the guide rod 1701, thereby pushing the guide rod 1701 to drive the undervoltage releaser 170 to be attracted and reset, so that the striking portion 1701a of the guide rod 1701 is away from the traction rod 1402, thereby achieving normal closing of the switch. At the same time, the assisting member 1702 returns to its original position under the action of the reset spring (not shown), waiting for the next release of the undervoltage releaser 170 to reset and attract.

对于分励脱扣器而言,一般用于远程控制实现开关断开的操作。分励脱扣器也为助吸式结构,借用欠压脱扣器170这一结构安装在同一位置,当开关需要远程断开时,释放分励脱扣器的分励线圈,带动导杆1701动作,打击牵引杆1402使得开关脱扣从而分闸断开,要进行下一次合闸时,再扣通过助力件1702使得分励脱扣器复位吸合,同时助力件1702在复位弹簧作用下回到原位,等待下一次的分励脱扣器的释放进行复位吸合。The shunt release is generally used for remote control to disconnect the switch. The shunt release is also an auxiliary suction structure, which is installed in the same position as the undervoltage release 170. When the switch needs to be disconnected remotely, the shunt coil of the shunt release is released, driving the guide rod 1701 to move, hitting the traction rod 1402 to trip the switch and disconnect it. When the next closing is to be performed, the auxiliary member 1702 is buckled again to reset the shunt release and at the same time, the auxiliary member 1702 returns to its original position under the action of the reset spring, waiting for the next release of the shunt release to reset and close.

辅助开关180包括触发杆1801和辅助触点,辅助触点与主触头同时动作,这里的主触头指电的开关的动触头,辅助触点用于指示主触头的分合状态。很多情况下断路器的主触头电流很大,或电压很高,不能直接用于监测,必须通过辅助开关来代替,通过辅助开关的状态判断开关的分合状态。在开关中,一般在合闸状态下辅助开关是一种状态,在自由脱扣或分闸状态下辅助开关是另一种状态。触头支持21与开关的动触头是同步动作的,因此可以利用触头支持21在不同状态的位置来触发辅助开关180,进而判断开关的分合状态。触头支持21上设有摆杆211,开关在分闸或自由脱扣状态下,假使触头支持21带动摆杆211触动辅助开关180的触发杆1801,使辅助开关180的触点状态由常闭变为常开,开关在合闸时,触头持支持21带动摆杆211远离辅助开关180的触发杆1801,进而使辅助开关180的触点状态由常开变回常闭。完成辅助开关180的状态转换。此外,辅助开关180也可以设置在第二腔体160内,直接通过触头支持21来触发辅助开关180进行状态转换。The auxiliary switch 180 includes a trigger rod 1801 and an auxiliary contact. The auxiliary contact operates simultaneously with the main contact. The main contact here refers to the moving contact of the electrical switch. The auxiliary contact is used to indicate the opening and closing state of the main contact. In many cases, the main contact of the circuit breaker has a large current or a high voltage and cannot be used directly for monitoring. It must be replaced by an auxiliary switch, and the opening and closing state of the switch is judged by the state of the auxiliary switch. In the switch, the auxiliary switch is generally in one state in the closed state and in another state in the free tripping or opening state. The contact support 21 and the moving contact of the switch act synchronously, so the contact support 21 can be used in different positions to trigger the auxiliary switch 180, thereby judging the opening and closing state of the switch. The contact support 21 is provided with a swing rod 211. When the switch is in the open or free tripping state, if the contact support 21 drives the swing rod 211 to touch the trigger rod 1801 of the auxiliary switch 180, the contact state of the auxiliary switch 180 changes from normally closed to normally open. When the switch is closed, the contact support 21 drives the swing rod 211 away from the trigger rod 1801 of the auxiliary switch 180, thereby changing the contact state of the auxiliary switch 180 from normally open to normally closed. The state conversion of the auxiliary switch 180 is completed. In addition, the auxiliary switch 180 can also be arranged in the second cavity 160, and the auxiliary switch 180 can be directly triggered by the contact support 21 to convert the state.

对于报警开关而言,只在开关故障跳闸时动作,在普通分闸操作时不动作,用于判断断路器是否因故障而跳闸。在开关中,一般情况下牵引杆在再扣和合闸状态下在一位置,在自由脱扣下在另一位置,可以利用牵引杆的位置状态来判断开关是否由故障引起的脱扣。报警开关190包括触发杆1901、摇杆1902和压簧1903,触发杆1901通过摇杆1902与牵引杆1402保持联动状态,压簧设置在摇杆1902靠近牵引杆1402的一侧。在开关再扣或合闸时,牵引杆1402在多连杆机构104中跳扣的作用下发生翻转,摇杆1902靠近牵引杆1402的一侧在弹簧1903的作用下跟随牵引杆1402一起运动,此时,触发杆1901跟随摇杆1902的另一侧运动,假使报警开关190的触点状态从常闭变为常开,当开关因故障引起脱扣时,牵引杆1402复位,通过摇杆1902使触发杆1901回到原位,进而使报警开关190的触点状态从常开变为常闭,完成报警开关190的状态转换。For the alarm switch, it only operates when the switch trips due to a fault, and does not operate during normal opening operations. It is used to determine whether the circuit breaker trips due to a fault. In the switch, the traction rod is generally in one position when it is locked and closed, and in another position when it is free to trip. The position of the traction rod can be used to determine whether the switch is tripped due to a fault. The alarm switch 190 includes a trigger rod 1901, a rocker 1902 and a compression spring 1903. The trigger rod 1901 maintains a linkage state with the traction rod 1402 through the rocker 1902. The compression spring is arranged on the side of the rocker 1902 close to the traction rod 1402. When the switch is released or closed again, the traction rod 1402 flips over due to the action of the tripping button in the multi-link mechanism 104, and the side of the rocker 1902 close to the traction rod 1402 moves with the traction rod 1402 under the action of the spring 1903. At this time, the trigger rod 1901 moves with the other side of the rocker 1902. If the contact state of the alarm switch 190 changes from normally closed to normally open, when the switch is tripped due to a fault, the traction rod 1402 is reset, and the trigger rod 1901 is returned to its original position through the rocker 1902, thereby changing the contact state of the alarm switch 190 from normally open to normally closed, completing the state conversion of the alarm switch 190.

第十六实施例Sixteenth Embodiment

如图58所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,控制机构为电动控制机构,设置在电的开关的第一腔体内,控制机构至少包括电机112、传动机构113、电子控制器,本实施例中,电机传动轴为控制机构的驱动部,传动机构113采用多级齿轮传动,多极齿轮为机械结构连接驱动部与多连杆机构,传动机构一端与电机112连接,另一端与半轴1061连接,通过半轴1061与多连杆机构104相连,电机112与电子控制器信号连接,电子控制器传输信号控制电机112转动,电机112转动带动多连杆机构104运动,从而带动动触头20运动,实现与静触头30进行电的接触或分离,如此,电动操作可以代替手动操作,无需操作人员抵达现场,在远程信号控制下可以将电的开关分合闸。As shown in Figure 58, the difference between the electric switch of this embodiment and the first embodiment is that the control mechanism is an electric control mechanism, which is arranged in the first cavity of the electric switch. The control mechanism at least includes a motor 112, a transmission mechanism 113, and an electronic controller. In this embodiment, the motor drive shaft is the driving part of the control mechanism. The transmission mechanism 113 adopts a multi-stage gear transmission. The multi-pole gear is a mechanical structure connecting the driving part and the multi-link mechanism. One end of the transmission mechanism is connected to the motor 112, and the other end is connected to the half-shaft 1061. It is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through the half-shaft 1061. The motor 112 is connected to the electronic controller signal. The electronic controller transmits a signal to control the rotation of the motor 112. The rotation of the motor 112 drives the multi-link mechanism 104 to move, thereby driving the moving contact 20 to move, and realizing electrical contact or separation with the static contact 30. In this way, electric operation can replace manual operation, and there is no need for operators to arrive at the site. The electric switch can be opened and closed under remote signal control.

第十七实施例Seventeenth Embodiment

如图59所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,控制机构为电磁驱动控制机构,设置在电的开关的第一腔体内,控制机构至少包括电磁铁115、多连杆机构104,电磁铁115与多连杆机构104机械连接,电磁铁为控制机构的驱动部,多连杆机构里包含的若干连杆作为机械结构,电磁铁115在通电时产生驱动力传递给多连杆机构104,多连杆机构104带动动触头20运动,实现与静触头30进行电的接触与分离。通过设置电磁驱动控制机构,利用电磁铁将电磁能转换为机械能,带动动触头动作,实现开关的分合闸操作,开关性能可靠,使用寿命长,响应速度快。 As shown in FIG. 59 , the electric switch of this embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the control mechanism is an electromagnetic drive control mechanism, which is arranged in the first cavity of the electric switch. The control mechanism at least includes an electromagnet 115 and a multi-link mechanism 104. The electromagnet 115 is mechanically connected to the multi-link mechanism 104. The electromagnet is the driving part of the control mechanism. The multi-link mechanism includes a plurality of connecting rods as a mechanical structure. When the electromagnet 115 is energized, it generates a driving force and transmits it to the multi-link mechanism 104. The multi-link mechanism 104 drives the moving contact 20 to move, thereby achieving electrical contact and separation with the static contact 30. By setting up an electromagnetic drive control mechanism, the electromagnet is used to convert electromagnetic energy into mechanical energy, drive the moving contact to move, and realize the opening and closing operation of the switch. The switch has reliable performance, long service life, and fast response speed.

第十八实施例Eighteenth Embodiment

如图60和图61所示,与第一实施例不同的是,多连杆机构104在第一腔体内与触头支持中心轴线同轴地间接连接,驱动触头支持21上的动触头20做沿X轴的开关长度方向前后移动和转动的复合运动,并与静触头进行电的接通与分断。As shown in Figures 60 and 61, different from the first embodiment, the multi-link mechanism 104 is indirectly connected coaxially with the central axis of the contact support in the first cavity, driving the moving contact 20 on the contact support 21 to make a compound motion of moving back and forth and rotating along the switch length direction of the X-axis, and electrically connecting and disconnecting with the static contact.

具体的,驱动部包含传动轴25和输出杆1041,通过连接轴24将三个触头支持21沿Z轴的开关高度方向自下向上拼装成一体,连接轴24一端连接触头支持21,另一端与连接杆34铰接,连接杆34的另一端铰接在绝缘件的绝缘凸台上,连接杆34可绕绝缘凸台轴心转动,本实施例中,传动轴为机械结构,位于最上方的触头支持21的端部通过传动轴25与多连杆机构104连接,通过在槽或通孔21b内插入传动轴25,传动轴25沿Z轴的开关高度方向与多连杆机构104的输出杆1041连接,通过输出杆1041带动传动轴25沿侧板1042上第三滑槽1042a滑动,驱动触头支持21滑动,继而带动动触头20沿X轴的开关长度方向前后移动,同时,输出杆1041在多连杆机构的上连杆、下连杆等多连杆传递作用下沿传动轴25轴心转动,带动触头支持21沿轴心转动,继而带动动触头20转动。本实施例中采用多连杆结构传递动力实现动触头的复合运动,相较于齿轮齿条传动,结构简单可靠,零件易制造和安装,生产成本低。Specifically, the driving part includes a transmission shaft 25 and an output rod 1041. The three contact supports 21 are assembled into one piece from bottom to top along the switch height direction of the Z axis through the connecting shaft 24. One end of the connecting shaft 24 is connected to the contact support 21, and the other end is hinged to the connecting rod 34. The other end of the connecting rod 34 is hinged to the insulating boss of the insulating member. The connecting rod 34 can rotate around the axis of the insulating boss. In this embodiment, the transmission shaft is a mechanical structure. The end of the contact support 21 located at the top is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 through the transmission shaft 25. The transmission shaft 25 is inserted inside, and the transmission shaft 25 is connected to the output rod 1041 of the multi-link mechanism 104 along the switch height direction of the Z axis. The output rod 1041 drives the transmission shaft 25 to slide along the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042, drives the contact support 21 to slide, and then drives the moving contact 20 to move forward and backward along the switch length direction of the X axis. At the same time, the output rod 1041 rotates along the axis of the transmission shaft 25 under the transmission action of the multi-link mechanism such as the upper link and the lower link, drives the contact support 21 to rotate along the axis, and then drives the moving contact 20 to rotate. In this embodiment, a multi-link structure is used to transmit power to realize the compound movement of the moving contact. Compared with the gear rack transmission, the structure is simple and reliable, the parts are easy to manufacture and install, and the production cost is low.

第十九实施例Nineteenth Embodiment

如图62和图63所示,与第十八实施例不同的是,多连杆机构104在第二腔体内与触头支持21中心轴线不同轴地间接连接,驱动触头支持21上的动触头20做移动和转动的复合运动,并与静触头进行电的接通与分断。As shown in Figures 62 and 63, different from the eighteenth embodiment, the multi-link mechanism 104 is indirectly connected to the contact support 21 in the second cavity in a non-coaxial manner with the central axis of the contact support 21, driving the moving contact 20 on the contact support 21 to perform a combined motion of movement and rotation, and to electrically connect and disconnect with the static contact.

具体的,连接轴24一端连接触头支持21,通过连接轴24将三个触头支持21拼装成一体,连接轴24另一端与连接杆34连接,驱动部1040包含传动轴25、输出杆1041,两个传动轴25穿过多个第二腔体,且分别插入连接轴24与连接杆34的连接处和连接杆34的另一端,输出杆1041带动传动轴25沿侧板1042上第三滑槽1042a滑动,驱动触头支持21沿绝缘件的上滑槽10a和下滑槽11a前、后滑动,继而带动动触头20滑动,同时,输出杆1041在多连杆机构的上连杆、下连杆等多连杆传递作用下沿传动轴25轴心转动,带动触头支持21转动,继而带动动触头20转动。如此,本实施例中的多连杆机构104驱动力直接作用在三极开关的中间极,这样三极开关的动触头受力更均衡,传递更可靠,稳定性高。Specifically, one end of the connecting shaft 24 is connected to the contact support 21, and the three contact supports 21 are assembled into one body through the connecting shaft 24. The other end of the connecting shaft 24 is connected to the connecting rod 34. The driving part 1040 includes a transmission shaft 25 and an output rod 1041. The two transmission shafts 25 pass through multiple second cavities and are respectively inserted into the connection between the connecting shaft 24 and the connecting rod 34 and the other end of the connecting rod 34. The output rod 1041 drives the transmission shaft 25 to slide along the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042, driving the contact support 21 to slide forward and backward along the upper slide groove 10a and the lower slide groove 11a of the insulating member, and then drives the moving contact 20 to slide. At the same time, the output rod 1041 rotates along the axis of the transmission shaft 25 under the transmission action of the upper connecting rod, the lower connecting rod and other multi-link mechanisms, driving the contact support 21 to rotate, and then driving the moving contact 20 to rotate. In this way, the driving force of the multi-link mechanism 104 in this embodiment directly acts on the middle pole of the three-pole switch, so that the moving contact of the three-pole switch is more evenly stressed, the transmission is more reliable, and the stability is high.

第二十实施例Twentieth Embodiment

如图64、图65和图66所示,相比其他实施例,本实施例中的驱动部的结构为转杆式,驱动部1040驱动动触头20的方式为一个自由度的运动方式,驱动的动作输出为转动的形式,驱动部1040至少包含传动轴25、第一摆杆10401、第二摆杆10402、第三摆杆10403、联动杆10405,控制机构设置在第一腔体150,传动轴25由第一腔体150插入至第二腔体160,与动触头20转动中心平行设置,传动轴25通过两个第一摆杆10401与控制机构的多连杆机构104连接,即第一摆杆10401的一端与传动轴25连接,另一端与多连杆机构104连接,在控制机构的多连杆机构104的操纵下做旋转运动,传动轴25与第二摆杆10402的一端连接,第二摆杆10402的另一端与联动杆10405铰接,联动杆10405通过第三摆杆10403与触头支持21连接;触头支持21同轴、层叠设置在多个第二腔体160中,在触头支持21间通过不可转动连接轴24进行连接,传动轴25做旋转运动时通过联动杆10405将旋转运动传递至触头支持21,使动触头20与静触头30实现电的接通和分断。由于控制机构的多连杆机构104设置在第一腔体150,触头支持21设置在第二腔体160层叠布置,随着壳架电流的增加其高度也会增加,动触头20的压力也会增加,控制机构的多连杆机构104在一侧进行操作时容易发生翻转,会导致远端的动触头合闸不到位,通过采用一个自由度的旋转驱动方式,将旋转力施加在中间层触头支持21上来解决偏转的问题,驱动部1040的转动中心与触头支持21的转动中心平行但不同轴设置,通过传动轴25将扭转力传导致中间位置的触头支持21上进行合分闸操作,具有动作迅速平稳的效果,传动轴25设置为六方轴,与第一摆杆10401、第二摆杆10402上的六方孔进行配合,在传动轴25转动时第一摆杆、第二摆杆也能同步摆动,传动轴25与第一摆杆、第二摆杆的轴孔配合不限于六方形,还可以是三角形、四边形、多边形、异形等不可转动的形状进行配合均可达到转动旋转运动的效果,触头支持21为层叠设置,通过连接轴24进行连接,连接轴24安装于触头支持21的旋转中心,连接轴24与触头支持21、第三摆杆10403彼此固定连接不可相对旋转,使所有触头支持21能一起进行同步旋转,第三摆杆10403与第二摆杆10402采用联动杆10405进行铰接,当控制机构的多连杆机构104进行合、分闸操作时,首先将摆动力施加至第一摆杆10401,第一摆杆10401受力发生旋转运动,将旋转力传递给第二摆杆10402,第二摆杆10402进行摆幅运动通过联动杆10405将摆幅运动力传递至第三摆杆10403,第三摆杆10403将摆动力传递至触头支持21实现旋转运动从而进行动触头20与静触头30的接通和分断的操作。本实施例的三种摆杆的长短可以根据旋转的扭矩和角度要求彼此进行调节,可以达到传递更大的旋转角度或实现更大的扭矩。As shown in Figures 64, 65 and 66, compared with other embodiments, the structure of the driving part in this embodiment is a rotating rod type. The driving part 1040 drives the moving contact 20 in a one-degree-of-freedom motion mode, and the driving action output is in the form of rotation. The driving part 1040 at least includes a transmission shaft 25, a first swing rod 10401, a second swing rod 10402, a third swing rod 10403, and a linkage rod 10405. The control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity 150, and the transmission shaft 25 is inserted from the first cavity 150 to the second cavity 160, and is arranged parallel to the rotation center of the moving contact 20. The transmission shaft 25 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism through two first swing rods 10401, that is, the first swing rod 10402. One end of 401 is connected to the transmission shaft 25, and the other end is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104. It rotates under the control of the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism. The transmission shaft 25 is connected to one end of the second rocker 10402, and the other end of the second rocker 10402 is hinged to the linkage rod 10405. The linkage rod 10405 is connected to the contact support 21 through the third rocker 10403; the contact supports 21 are coaxially and stacked in multiple second cavities 160, and are connected between the contact supports 21 through a non-rotatable connecting shaft 24. When the transmission shaft 25 rotates, the rotational motion is transmitted to the contact support 21 through the linkage rod 10405, so that the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 can be electrically connected and disconnected. Since the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity 150, and the contact support 21 is arranged in a stacked manner in the second cavity 160, as the frame current increases, its height will also increase, and the pressure on the moving contact 20 will also increase. The multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is prone to flipping when operating on one side, which will cause the moving contact at the far end to not close in place. The deflection problem is solved by adopting a one-degree-of-freedom rotation drive method and applying a rotational force to the middle layer contact support 21. The rotation center of the drive unit 1040 is parallel to the rotation center of the contact support 21 but is not coaxially arranged. The torsional force is transmitted to the contact support 21 in the middle position through the transmission shaft 25 to perform closing and opening operations, which has the effect of rapid and smooth action. The transmission shaft 25 is set as a hexagonal shaft, which cooperates with the hexagonal holes on the first swing arm 10401 and the second swing arm 10402. When the transmission shaft 25 rotates, the first swing arm and the second swing arm can also swing synchronously. The transmission shaft 25 and the shaft holes of the first swing arm and the second swing arm are not limited to hexagonal, but can also be triangular. The contact support 21 is stacked and connected by a connecting shaft 24. The connecting shaft 24 is installed at the rotation center of the contact support 21. The connecting shaft 24, the contact support 21, and the third swing rod 10403 are fixedly connected to each other and cannot rotate relative to each other, so that all contact supports 21 can rotate synchronously together. The third swing rod 10403 and the second swing rod 10402 are hinged by a linkage rod 10405. When the control When the multi-link mechanism 104 of the mechanism performs the closing and opening operations, the swing force is first applied to the first swing rod 10401, and the first swing rod 10401 rotates under the force, and transmits the rotational force to the second swing rod 10402. The second swing rod 10402 performs the swing amplitude movement and transmits the swing amplitude movement force to the third swing rod 10403 through the linkage rod 10405. The third swing rod 10403 transmits the swing force to the contact support 21 to realize the rotational movement, thereby performing the connection and disconnection operations of the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30. The lengths of the three swing rods in this embodiment can be adjusted to each other according to the torque and angle requirements of the rotation, so as to achieve a larger rotation angle or a larger torque.

第二十一实施例Twenty-first embodiment

如图67和图68所示,相比其他实施例,本实施例的驱动部1040驱动动触头20的方式为一个自由度的运动方式,驱动的动作输出为转动的形式,驱动部的结构为转杆式,驱动部1040至少包含传动轴25、第四摆杆10404,控制机构的多连杆机构104设置在第一腔体105,传动轴25通过至少两个第四摆杆10404与控制机构的多连杆机构104连接,在控制机构的多连杆机构104的操纵下做旋转运动,触头支持21的转动中心212偏心于动触头20相对于触头支持21的旋转中心,触头支持21的转动中心212距离动触头合金触点20d的距离要大于动触头20旋转中心至合金触点20d的距离,传动轴25由第一腔体105插入至第二腔体160,贯穿于触头支持21的转动中心212,传动轴25与触头支持21的转动中心212同轴设置,传动轴25与触头支持21为固定连接彼此不可相互转动;触头支持21同轴、层叠设置在多个第二腔体160中,在多个触头支持21间通过不可转动连接轴24进行连接,第四摆杆10404被控制机构的多连杆机构104驱动进行摆幅运动使传动轴25做旋转运动来驱触头支持21进行旋转运动,使动触头20与静触头30实现电的接通和分断,由于断路器在高电压等级应用条件下需要动触头、静触头间的打开距离更大,来实现更大的电气间隙,相比上一个实施例,本实施例将触头支持21的转动中心212远离动触头合金触点20d,在不改变动触头20长度的情况下能实现更大的旋转半径,使动触头20在相同旋转角度和空间条件下的打开距离更大,传动轴25插入触头支持21的转动中心212,通过传动轴25将扭转力传导致触头支持21上使整个触头支持21进行旋转运动,当动触头20与静触头30接触后再由动触头20与触头支持21之间发生转动实现接触超程和接触压力,通过偏心设置触头支持21的转动中心212,并将扭转力直接施加在触头支持21上,使触头支持21旋转带动动触头与静触头接触和分离,传动轴25设置为六方轴,与第四摆杆10404、触头支持21的转动中心212的六方孔进行配合,在传动轴25转动时触头支持21也能跟随转动,传动轴25与第四摆杆10404、触头支持21旋转中心212的轴孔配合不限于六方形,还可以是三角形、四边形、多边形、异形等不可彼此转动的形状进行配合均可达到传递旋转运动的效果,触头支持21为层叠设置,通过连接轴24进行连接,连接轴24安装于触头支持21与动触头20的旋转中心,连接轴24与触头支持21彼此固定连接不可相对旋转,使所有触头支持21能一起进行同步旋转,第四摆杆10404与控制机构的多连杆机构104进行连接,当控制机构进行合、分闸操作时,首先将摆动动力施加至第四摆杆10404,第四摆杆10404受力使传动轴发生旋转运动,传动轴25将旋转力传递给触头支持21,触头支持21带着动触头20一起进行旋转运动,实现动触头20与静触头30的接通和分断的操作。本实施例的第四摆杆10404的长短以及触头支持21转动中心212与动触头合金触点20d的间距可以根据旋转的扭矩和角度要求彼此进行调节,可以达到传递更大的旋转角度或实现更大的扭矩,能更好的实现大开距提升额定电压等级。As shown in Figures 67 and 68, compared with other embodiments, the driving unit 1040 of this embodiment drives the moving contact 20 in a one-degree-of-freedom motion mode, the driving action output is in the form of rotation, the structure of the driving unit is a rotating rod type, the driving unit 1040 at least includes a transmission shaft 25 and a fourth swing rod 10404, the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity 105, the transmission shaft 25 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism through at least two fourth swing rods 10404, and performs rotational motion under the control of the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism, the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 is eccentric to the rotation center of the moving contact 20 relative to the contact support 21, the distance between the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 and the alloy contact 20d of the moving contact is greater than the distance from the rotation center of the moving contact 20 to the alloy contact 20d, and the transmission shaft 25 is inserted from the first cavity 105 to the second cavity 16 0, runs through the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21, the transmission shaft 25 is coaxially arranged with the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21, the transmission shaft 25 and the contact support 21 are fixedly connected and cannot rotate with each other; the contact support 21 is coaxially and stacked in a plurality of second cavities 160, and is connected between the plurality of contact supports 21 by a non-rotatable connecting shaft 24, the fourth swing rod 10404 is driven by the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism to perform a swing motion to make the transmission shaft 25 perform a rotation motion to drive the contact support 21 to perform a rotation motion, so that the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 are electrically connected and disconnected, because the circuit breaker requires a larger opening distance between the moving contact and the static contact under high voltage level application conditions to achieve a larger electrical gap, compared with the previous embodiment, this embodiment moves the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 away from the moving contact alloy contact 20d, without changing the length of the moving contact 20 A larger rotation radius can be achieved, so that the opening distance of the moving contact 20 is larger under the same rotation angle and space conditions. The transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21, and the torsional force is transmitted to the contact support 21 through the transmission shaft 25 to make the entire contact support 21 rotate. When the moving contact 20 contacts the static contact 30, the moving contact 20 and the contact support 21 rotate to achieve contact overtravel and contact pressure. The rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 is eccentrically set, and the torsional force is directly applied to the contact support 21, so that the contact support 21 rotates to drive the moving contact to contact and separate with the static contact. The transmission shaft 25 is set as a hexagonal shaft, which cooperates with the hexagonal hole of the fourth swing rod 10404 and the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21. When the transmission shaft 25 rotates, the contact support 21 can also rotate with it. The transmission shaft 25 and the fourth swing rod 10404 and the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 are connected. The shaft hole cooperation of 12 is not limited to hexagonal, but can also be a triangle, quadrilateral, polygon, special shape and other shapes that cannot rotate with each other to achieve the effect of transmitting rotational motion. The contact support 21 is stacked and connected by a connecting shaft 24. The connecting shaft 24 is installed at the rotation center of the contact support 21 and the moving contact 20. The connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 are fixedly connected to each other and cannot rotate relative to each other, so that all contact supports 21 can rotate synchronously together. The fourth swing rod 10404 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism. When the control mechanism performs closing and opening operations, the swing power is first applied to the fourth swing rod 10404. The fourth swing rod 10404 is subjected to force to cause the transmission shaft to rotate. The transmission shaft 25 transmits the rotational force to the contact support 21, and the contact support 21 rotates with the moving contact 20 to realize the connection and disconnection operations of the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30. The length of the fourth swing rod 10404 of this embodiment and the distance between the rotation center 212 of the contact support 21 and the alloy contact 20d of the moving contact can be adjusted to each other according to the torque and angle requirements of the rotation, so as to transmit a larger rotation angle or achieve a larger torque, and better realize a large opening distance to improve the rated voltage level.

第二十二实施例Twenty-second embodiment

如图69和图70所示,与第一实施例不同的是,本实施例的多连杆机构104包括两组四连杆结构,多连杆机构104包括第一连杆10411、第二连杆10412、第三连杆10413、第四连杆10414、第五连杆10415、固定板10417和跳扣杆10418,第一连杆10411的一端固定铰接在跳扣杆10418上,铰接点为A点,第一连杆10411的另一端可活动且能够旋转运动地与第二连杆10412的一端铰接,铰接点为B点,第二连杆10412的另一端与第三连杆10413的一端活动且能够做旋转运动地铰接,铰接点为C点,第三连杆10413的另一端与固定板10417固定铰接,铰接点为D点,且第三连杆10413可绕铰接点D旋转,第一连杆10411、第二连杆10412、第三连杆10413组成第一组四连杆结构;第四连杆10414一端与第三连杆10413铰接,铰接点为点E,第四连杆10414的另一端与第五连杆10415铰接,铰接点为点H,第五连杆10415固定地铰接在固定板10417上,铰接点为G点,且第五连杆10415可围绕铰接点G旋转,第三连杆10413、第四连杆10414和第五连杆10415组成第二组四连杆结构;第五连杆10415的另一端可在滑槽10416内做旋转和滑动运动,第五连杆10415在固定板10417的第四滑槽10416内的铰接点为F点。第五连杆10415作为多连杆机构的输出端可驱动触头支持21做旋转运动。As shown in Figures 69 and 70, different from the first embodiment, the multi-link mechanism 104 of this embodiment includes two groups of four-link structures, and the multi-link mechanism 104 includes a first link 10411, a second link 10412, a third link 10413, a fourth link 10414, a fifth link 10415, a fixed plate 10417 and a jump-button rod 10418. One end of the first link 10411 is fixedly hinged on the jump-button rod 10418, and the hinge point is point A. The other end of the first link 10411 is movable and rotationally hinged to one end of the second link 10412, and the hinge point is point B. The other end of the second link 10412 is movable and rotationally hinged to one end of the third link 10413, and the hinge point is point C. The other end of the third link 10413 is fixedly hinged to the fixed plate 10417, and the hinge point is point D , and the third link 10413 can rotate around the hinge point D, the first link 10411, the second link 10412, and the third link 10413 form a first set of four-link structures; one end of the fourth link 10414 is hinged to the third link 10413, and the hinge point is point E, and the other end of the fourth link 10414 is hinged to the fifth link 10415, and the hinge point is point H. The fifth link 10415 is fixedly hinged to the fixed plate 10417, the hinge point is point G, and the fifth link 10415 can rotate around the hinge point G, the third link 10413, the fourth link 10414 and the fifth link 10415 form a second set of four-link structures; the other end of the fifth link 10415 can rotate and slide in the slide slot 10416, and the hinge point of the fifth link 10415 in the fourth slide slot 10416 of the fixed plate 10417 is point F. As the output end of the multi-link mechanism, the fifth link 10415 can drive the contact support 21 to rotate.

本实施例中,第一组四连杆结构和第二组四连杆结构共同组成多连杆机构104,其中,铰接点D到铰接点E之间的距离DE和铰接点C到铰接点D之间的距离CD之间的杠杆比DE/CD>1.0;铰接点F到铰接点G之间的距离FG和铰接点G到铰接点H之间的距离GH之间的杠杆比FG/GH>1.0。通过多连杆机构杠杆比例调整实现分合闸时触头支持转角放大,进而增加动触头与静触头之间的夹角,在其他实施例中,可以增加或减少多连杆机构包含的连杆数量以达到同样的夹角放大效果。如此,开关能实现大触头开距,可以更好地满足于新型电力系统对开关电器高电压、高分断、零飞弧要求。In this embodiment, the first group of four-link structures and the second group of four-link structures together form a multi-link mechanism 104, wherein the lever ratio DE/CD between the distance DE between the hinge point D and the hinge point E and the distance CD between the hinge point C and the hinge point D is greater than 1.0; the lever ratio FG between the distance FG between the hinge point F and the hinge point G and the distance GH between the hinge point G and the hinge point H is greater than 1.0. The lever ratio of the multi-link mechanism is adjusted to achieve the enlargement of the contact support angle during opening and closing, thereby increasing the angle between the moving contact and the static contact. In other embodiments, the number of links included in the multi-link mechanism can be increased or decreased to achieve the same angle enlargement effect. In this way, the switch can achieve a large contact opening distance, which can better meet the requirements of the new power system for high voltage, high breaking, and zero arcing of the switch electrical equipment.

如图71和72所示,本实施例中的驱动部的结构为拨杆式,驱动部包括第五连杆10415和传动轴10420,驱动部由多连杆机构的其他连杆直接驱动,传动轴10420与触头支持21的连接部212插入式地连接,触头支持21在驱动部的拨动下绕自身轴心线211旋转,使动触头与静触头实现电的接通和分断。As shown in Figures 71 and 72, the structure of the driving part in this embodiment is a lever type, and the driving part includes a fifth connecting rod 10415 and a transmission shaft 10420. The driving part is directly driven by other connecting rods of the multi-link mechanism. The transmission shaft 10420 is plug-connected to the connecting part 212 of the contact support 21. The contact support 21 rotates around its own axis 211 under the activation of the driving part, so that the moving contact and the static contact can be electrically connected and disconnected.

第二十三实施例Twenty-third embodiment

如图73至图75所示,本实施例的电的开关与第一实施例的区别在于,任意第二腔体内的触头支持21的侧部与多连杆机构104间接连接。此方式可以使多连杆机构作用于开关中间相极的触头支持,可以提高运动传递的稳定性。 As shown in Figures 73 to 75, the difference between the electrical switch of this embodiment and the first embodiment is that the side of the contact support 21 in any second cavity is indirectly connected to the multi-link mechanism 104. This method allows the multi-link mechanism to act on the contact support of the middle phase pole of the switch, which can improve the stability of motion transmission.

控制机构的多连杆机构104设置在第一腔体,控制机构的多连杆机构为四连杆结构,包括依次转动连接的上连杆10431、下连杆10432和输出杆1041,输出杆1041的末端设置有腰孔1041a,输出杆1041的中间部位与控制机构的侧板1042上的轴铰接配合,触头支持21同轴、层叠设置在多个第二腔体中,多个触头支持21间通过不可转动的连接轴24进行连接,连接轴24的转动轴心上至少设置一个齿轮24a,与齿轮24a外沿还正对设置有至少一个齿条,齿轮24a与触头支持21同转动或移动,齿条与绝缘件固定或一体化设置。当触头支持沿滑槽移动的同时,触头支持上的齿轮受到齿条的扭转力矩的作用沿其自身会发生转动,继而带动动触头做移动和转动的复合运动与静触头进行电的接通或分断。The multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity. The multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism is a four-link structure, including an upper link 10431, a lower link 10432 and an output rod 1041 which are rotatably connected in sequence. A waist hole 1041a is arranged at the end of the output rod 1041. The middle part of the output rod 1041 is hinged with the axis on the side plate 1042 of the control mechanism. The contact support 21 is coaxially and stacked in multiple second cavities. Multiple contact supports 21 are connected by a non-rotatable connecting shaft 24. At least one gear 24a is arranged on the rotating axis of the connecting shaft 24, and at least one rack is arranged opposite to the outer edge of the gear 24a. The gear 24a rotates or moves with the contact support 21, and the rack is fixed or integrated with the insulating member. When the contact support moves along the slide slot, the gear on the contact support will rotate along itself due to the torsional torque of the rack, thereby driving the moving contact to move and rotate in a combined motion to connect or disconnect electricity with the static contact.

控制机构设置有直接或间接地驱动触头支持的侧部运动的驱动部,驱动部的结构为杠杆式。The control mechanism is provided with a driving part for directly or indirectly driving the side movement of the contact support, and the structure of the driving part is a lever type.

具体地,驱动部包括输出杆1041、传动轴25、第一杆1045和第二杆1046,传动轴25可在腰孔1041a内滑动,控制机构的侧板1042上设置有第三滑槽1042a,传动轴25穿过腰孔1041a和第三滑槽1042a,第一杆1045一端与传动轴25连接,第一杆1045的另一端与第二杆1046的一端连接,第二杆1046的另一端与触头支持21的转动中心铰接配合,触头支持25可绕其与第二杆1046的连接处转动。经过多连杆机构的输出杆1041的运动,使传动轴25沿侧板1042上的第三滑槽1042a移动,再经过第一杆1045和第二杆1046带动触头支持21沿绝缘外壳的绝缘件10上的滑槽移动。当触头支持21沿绝缘件上的滑槽10a移动的同时,触头支持21上的齿轮24a受到齿条26的扭转力矩的作用沿其自身会发生转动,继而带动动触头做移动和转动的复合运动与静触头进行电的接通或分断。在绝缘件10上设有供第二杆1046沿开关长度方向运动的导向孔12a。第一杆1045两端都设有焊接上的轴套,增加力传导的稳定性。Specifically, the driving part includes an output rod 1041, a transmission shaft 25, a first rod 1045 and a second rod 1046. The transmission shaft 25 can slide in the waist hole 1041a. A third slide groove 1042a is provided on the side plate 1042 of the control mechanism. The transmission shaft 25 passes through the waist hole 1041a and the third slide groove 1042a. One end of the first rod 1045 is connected to the transmission shaft 25, and the other end of the first rod 1045 is connected to one end of the second rod 1046. The other end of the second rod 1046 is hinged with the rotation center of the contact support 21, and the contact support 25 can rotate around the connection between it and the second rod 1046. The movement of the output rod 1041 of the multi-link mechanism causes the transmission shaft 25 to move along the third slide groove 1042a on the side plate 1042, and then the first rod 1045 and the second rod 1046 drive the contact support 21 to move along the slide groove on the insulating member 10 of the insulating housing. When the contact support 21 moves along the slide groove 10a on the insulating member, the gear 24a on the contact support 21 rotates along itself under the torsional torque of the rack 26, and then drives the moving contact to move and rotate in a combined motion to connect or disconnect electricity with the static contact. A guide hole 12a is provided on the insulating member 10 for the second rod 1046 to move along the length direction of the switch. Both ends of the first rod 1045 are provided with welded sleeves to increase the stability of force transmission.

第二十四实施例Twenty-fourth embodiment

如图76和图77所示,本实施例与第一实施例的区别在于,驱动部包括输出杆1041、第三杆1047和传动轴25,控制机构的多连杆机构为四连杆结构,其包括上连杆10431、下连杆10432和输出杆1041,输出杆1041的中间部位与控制机构的侧板上的轴铰接配合,输出杆1041的末端设置有圆孔1041b,第三杆一端通过圆孔1041b与输出杆铰接,另一端与传动轴25铰接配合,传动轴25的一端与最上方的触头支持中心端部连接,并穿过控制机构的上的第三滑槽,经过多连杆机构的输出杆1041带动传动轴25沿第三滑槽移动,进而驱动触头支持移动。As shown in Figures 76 and 77, the difference between this embodiment and the first embodiment is that the driving part includes an output rod 1041, a third rod 1047 and a transmission shaft 25, and the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism is a four-link structure, which includes an upper link 10431, a lower link 10432 and an output rod 1041. The middle part of the output rod 1041 is hinged with the shaft on the side panel of the control mechanism, and a circular hole 1041b is provided at the end of the output rod 1041. One end of the third rod is hinged with the output rod through the circular hole 1041b, and the other end is hinged with the transmission shaft 25. One end of the transmission shaft 25 is connected to the center end of the uppermost contact support and passes through the third slide groove on the control mechanism. The output rod 1041 of the multi-link mechanism drives the transmission shaft 25 to move along the third slide groove, thereby driving the contact support to move.

第二十五实施例Twenty-fifth embodiment

如图78所示,本实施例与第二十四实施例的区别在于,多连杆机构104与任意第二腔体内的触头支持21的侧部间接连接,此方式可以使多连杆机构作用于开关中间相极的触头支持,可以提高运动传递的稳定性。As shown in FIG. 78 , the difference between this embodiment and the twenty-fourth embodiment is that the multi-link mechanism 104 is indirectly connected to the side of the contact support 21 in any second cavity. This method allows the multi-link mechanism to act on the contact support of the middle phase pole of the switch, thereby improving the stability of motion transmission.

驱动部包括输出杆1041、第三杆1047、传动轴25、第一杆1045和第二杆1046,多连杆机构104包括上连杆、下连杆和输出杆1041,输出杆1041的末端设置有圆孔1041b,第三杆1047一端穿过圆孔1041b与输出杆1041铰接,另一端与传动轴25铰接配合,传动轴25通过控制机构的第三滑槽1042a,并与第一杆1045的一端连接,第一杆1045的另一端与第二杆1046一端连接,第二杆1046的另一端与任意第二腔体内的触头支持21的转动中心铰接配合,当控制机构的输出杆1041带动第三杆1047运动时,第三杆带动传动轴沿控制机构的第三滑槽上下运动,通过第一杆和第二杆带动触头支持上下移动。The driving part includes an output rod 1041, a third rod 1047, a transmission shaft 25, a first rod 1045 and a second rod 1046. The multi-link mechanism 104 includes an upper connecting rod, a lower connecting rod and an output rod 1041. A circular hole 1041b is provided at the end of the output rod 1041. One end of the third rod 1047 passes through the circular hole 1041b and is hinged to the output rod 1041, and the other end is hinged to the transmission shaft 25. The transmission shaft 25 passes through the third sliding groove 1042a of the control mechanism and is connected to one end of the first rod 1045. The other end of the first rod 1045 is connected to one end of the second rod 1046. The other end of the second rod 1046 is hinged to the rotation center of the contact support 21 in any second cavity. When the output rod 1041 of the control mechanism drives the third rod 1047 to move, the third rod drives the transmission shaft to move up and down along the third sliding groove of the control mechanism, and drives the contact support to move up and down through the first rod and the second rod.

第二十六实施例Twenty-sixth embodiment

如图79所示,本实施的电的开关与第一实施例的不同在于,内部元件还包括包括电流采集器300、至少一个电子控制器400、磁通变换器500,且电流采集器300、磁通变换器500分别与电子控制器400电连接,电流采集器300设置在第二腔体160内,电子控制机器400和磁通变换器500设置在第一腔体150内。其中,电流采集器300用于对第二接线端50的电流进行检测,电子控制器400接收电流采集器300采集的电流,并对其进行判定,且当电子控制器400识别到电流采集器300采集的电流为过电流时,则控制磁通变换器500动作,打击牵引杆1402,从而引起开关脱扣。As shown in FIG. 79 , the electric switch of this embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the internal components further include a current collector 300, at least one electronic controller 400, and a magnetic flux converter 500, and the current collector 300 and the magnetic flux converter 500 are electrically connected to the electronic controller 400, respectively, the current collector 300 is arranged in the second cavity 160, and the electronic control machine 400 and the magnetic flux converter 500 are arranged in the first cavity 150. Among them, the current collector 300 is used to detect the current of the second terminal 50, and the electronic controller 400 receives the current collected by the current collector 300 and makes a judgment on it. When the electronic controller 400 recognizes that the current collected by the current collector 300 is an overcurrent, it controls the magnetic flux converter 500 to act and hit the traction rod 1402, thereby causing the switch to trip.

在其他实施例中,如图80所示,电子控制器400还可呈独立的单元挂接在多极开关沿高度方向的下方。如此,电子式断路器具有快速响应能力、 精准保护、高效功率管理、远程操作等特点,它能够在较短的时间内检测到电路中的故障,并快速断开电路,有效避免了电路损坏和事故发生,能够有效降低电路事故的发生率,提高电路的安全性能。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG80 , the electronic controller 400 may also be mounted as an independent unit below the multi-pole switch in the height direction. In this way, the electronic circuit breaker has a fast response capability, With the characteristics of precise protection, efficient power management, and remote operation, it can detect faults in the circuit in a relatively short time and quickly disconnect the circuit, effectively avoiding circuit damage and accidents, and can effectively reduce the incidence of circuit accidents and improve the safety performance of the circuit.

第二十七实施例Twenty-seventh embodiment

如图81所示,与第一实施例不同的是,本实施例的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50为夹头装置120,第一极开关和第二极开关上的夹头装置120上下设置且中轴线P4同轴设置,即上下布置的两个夹头装置120正对设置,没有错位,这样一来安装接线更为方便,可以省去繁琐的螺钉连接,可以大幅度提高开关安装及接线的效率。As shown in Figure 81, different from the first embodiment, the first terminal 40 and/or the second terminal 50 of this embodiment is a clamp device 120, and the clamp devices 120 on the first pole switch and the second pole switch are arranged up and down and the central axis P4 is coaxially arranged, that is, the two clamp devices 120 arranged up and down are arranged opposite to each other without misalignment, which makes installation and wiring more convenient, eliminates cumbersome screw connections, and greatly improves the efficiency of switch installation and wiring.

如图82所示,多个上下设置的夹头装置的中轴线还可以不同轴设置,位于上方的夹头装置120的中轴线P5和位于下方的夹头装置120的中轴线P6之间有一段距离,即上下两个夹头装置120沿开关的宽度方向左右相互错位设置。夹头装置的具体设置方式可以根据不同的应用来灵活调整。As shown in FIG82 , the central axes of the multiple upper and lower chuck devices can also be arranged in a non-coaxial manner, and there is a distance between the central axis P5 of the upper chuck device 120 and the central axis P6 of the lower chuck device 120, that is, the upper and lower chuck devices 120 are arranged in a left-right offset relationship with each other along the width direction of the switch. The specific arrangement of the chuck device can be flexibly adjusted according to different applications.

如图83所示,本实施例还提供一种配电系统,包括多组导电排200及和多个的电的开关,多个电的开关沿其宽度方向(Y轴方向)排列安装于配电柜内,多组导电排200沿电的开关的高度方向依次排列,每组导电排200沿电的开关的宽度方向延伸,各相极沿柜体深度方向即开关的高度方向层叠设置,导电排200插入至电的开关端部的插槽1001与夹头装置120夹持连接,本实施例采用夹头装置与导电排连接,安装接线更为方便,省去了繁琐的螺钉连接,大大提高了安装接线效率。As shown in Figure 83, this embodiment also provides a power distribution system, including multiple groups of conductive bars 200 and multiple electric switches. The multiple electric switches are arranged along the width direction (Y-axis direction) and installed in the distribution cabinet. The multiple groups of conductive bars 200 are arranged in sequence along the height direction of the electric switch. Each group of conductive bars 200 extends along the width direction of the electric switch. The phase poles are stacked along the depth direction of the cabinet, that is, the height direction of the switch. The conductive bar 200 is inserted into the slot 1001 at the end of the electric switch and is clamped and connected with the clamp device 120. This embodiment uses a clamp device to connect the conductive bar, which makes installation and wiring more convenient, eliminates cumbersome screw connections, and greatly improves installation and wiring efficiency.

第二十八实施例Twenty-eighth Embodiment

如图84所示,与第一实施例不同的是,电的开关为四极电的开关,其包括第一极开关101、第二极开关102、第三极开关103和第四极开关,本实施例的第一接线端40或/和第二接线端50为提拉式装置140,多个提拉式装置140沿开关的高度Z方向层叠布置且中心轴线不同轴地设置,即第一极开关101一端的提拉式装置140的中轴线P1、第二极开关102一端的提拉式装置140的中轴线P2、第三极开关103一端的提拉式装置140的中轴线P3、第四极开关一端的提拉式装置140的中轴线P4不在同一轴线。As shown in Figure 84, different from the first embodiment, the electrical switch is a four-pole electrical switch, which includes a first pole switch 101, a second pole switch 102, a third pole switch 103 and a fourth pole switch. The first terminal 40 or/and the second terminal 50 of this embodiment is a pulling device 140, and multiple pulling devices 140 are stacked along the height Z direction of the switch and the central axes are not coaxially arranged, that is, the central axis P1 of the pulling device 140 at one end of the first pole switch 101, the central axis P2 of the pulling device 140 at one end of the second pole switch 102, the central axis P3 of the pulling device 140 at one end of the third pole switch 103, and the central axis P4 of the pulling device 140 at one end of the fourth pole switch are not on the same axis.

进一步地,提拉式装置140至少由螺钉140a、接线板140b和接线框140c组成,其接线螺钉的压紧方向与断路器高度方向的Z轴方向呈约1~60度的夹角,当导电排安装时,其导电排的形式可以是梳状导电排、直排等形式,直排时接线框可以进行开槽形成C型接线框,能避让出直排倾斜插入开关接线端子并穿过开关与开关之间便于汇流,当导电排为梳状导电排时接线框可以为常规的隧道式接线框,梳状导电排以倾斜的形式每个梳齿间距为开关并排安装的间距,插入隧道式接线框内,对接线板与导电排之间进行紧固形成电接触,此种倾斜布局接线端子的形式相比常规的台阶式错位布局接线端子的形式要节省空间,接线方式同样方便灵活,可以适应导电排安装及导线安装或UT端子安装。Furthermore, the lifting device 140 is at least composed of screws 140a, terminal blocks 140b and terminal frames 140c, and the tightening direction of the terminal screws is at an angle of about 1 to 60 degrees with the Z-axis direction of the circuit breaker height direction. When the conductive bar is installed, the conductive bar can be in the form of a comb-shaped conductive bar, a straight bar, etc. When it is a straight bar, the terminal frame can be slotted to form a C-shaped terminal frame, which can avoid the straight bar to be obliquely inserted into the switch terminal and pass through the switches to facilitate current convergence. When the conductive bar is a comb-shaped conductive bar, the terminal frame can be a conventional tunnel-type terminal frame. The comb-shaped conductive bar is inserted into the tunnel-type terminal frame in an inclined form with each comb tooth spacing being the spacing of the switches installed side by side, and the terminal block and the conductive bar are fastened to form electrical contact. This type of inclined layout terminal saves space compared to the conventional step-type staggered layout terminal, and the wiring method is also convenient and flexible, which can adapt to the installation of conductive bars and wires or UT terminals.

第二十九实施例Twenty-ninth embodiment

如图85和图86所示,本实施例与第二十八实施例不同的是,多个提拉式装置140的中心轴线同轴设置。具体地,本实施例的第一接线端40或第二接线端50在不同相、极呈上下设置的的中轴线或中心轴线为同轴设置时,第一接线端40或第二接线端50设置有提拉式装置,提拉式装置至少包含螺钉501、接线板503、接线框502、极间联动绝缘件504、防松弹簧505,接线板503、接线框502设有通孔,接线板503设于接线框502中,极间联动绝缘件504、防松弹簧505与通孔同轴设置,螺钉501、接线框502、接线板503、防松弹簧505、极间联动绝缘件504以Z轴方向依次重叠排列,根据相、极数量进行重复叠加,螺钉501和极间联动绝缘件504中的一个上设置有固定轴,另一个上设置有固定孔,固定轴为方轴或多边形轴,固定孔为方孔或多边形孔,为了使开关的宽度体积能做的更窄,并且在长度方向尺寸做得更小,将所有极的开关的接线端进行重叠同轴设置,在安装时对第一极开关101的接线端的提拉装置采用螺丝刀进行拧紧的同时,第二极开关102、第三极开关103、第四极开关103C的接线端的提拉装置也随着进行转动进行提拉压紧接线,提拉装置可以根据相、极的数量进行重叠设置,中间采用极间联动绝缘件504进行连接,采用螺丝刀对第一极开关101进行接线拧紧时,第一极开关101与第二极开关102之间设置的极间联动绝缘件504将扭转力传递至第二极开关102的提拉装置使第二极开关102的提拉装置也进行提拉压动作压紧接线板503实现同步压紧接线,第三极开关103、第四极开关103C也以同样的方式通过极间联动绝缘件504传递扭转力使其进行提拉动作来压紧接线板503进行接线,为了使接线可靠,提拉装置中还设置有防松弹簧505,螺钉501与接线框502通过螺纹使接线框进行提升动作,在两个接线板503之间插入导体,其中一个接线板503与防松弹簧505相抵,在接线框502提拉的过程中,挤压防松弹簧505,防松弹簧505将压力传递至接线板503,当提拉至极限位置后防松弹簧505被完全压缩,接线板503与导体之间的间隙完全闭合并压力接触,防松弹簧505的势能始终保持,在开关受到震动时,或导体发生屈服都不至于虚接触或发生松动失效,大幅提升了接线安装的安全性和长期运行的可靠性。As shown in Figures 85 and 86, this embodiment is different from the twenty-eighth embodiment in that the central axes of multiple lifting devices 140 are coaxially arranged. Specifically, when the central axes or central axes of the first terminal 40 or the second terminal 50 of this embodiment are coaxially arranged in different phases and poles, the first terminal 40 or the second terminal 50 is provided with a lifting device, and the lifting device at least includes a screw 501, a wiring board 503, a wiring frame 502, an inter-pole linkage insulating member 504, and an anti-loosening spring 505. The wiring board 503 and the wiring frame 502 are provided with through holes, and the wiring board 503 is arranged in the wiring frame 502. The inter-pole linkage insulating member 504 and the anti-loosening spring 505 are coaxially arranged with the through holes. The screw 501, the wiring frame 502, the wiring board 503, the anti-loosening spring 505, and the inter-pole linkage insulating member 504 are arranged in the Z-axis direction according to the Z-axis direction. The arrangement is overlapped and repeated according to the number of phases and poles. A fixing shaft is provided on one of the screw 501 and the inter-pole linkage insulator 504, and a fixing hole is provided on the other. The fixing shaft is a square shaft or a polygonal shaft, and the fixing hole is a square hole or a polygonal hole. In order to make the width and volume of the switch narrower and the size in the length direction smaller, the connection terminals of the switches of all poles are overlapped and coaxially arranged. When installing, the pulling device of the connection terminal of the first pole switch 101 is tightened with a screwdriver, and the pulling devices of the connection terminals of the second pole switch 102, the third pole switch 103, and the fourth pole switch 103C are also pulled and pressed to tighten the connection. The pulling device can be adjusted according to the The number of phases and poles are overlapped, and the pole-to-pole linkage insulating member 504 is used for connection in the middle. When the first pole switch 101 is connected and tightened by a screwdriver, the pole-to-pole linkage insulating member 504 set between the first pole switch 101 and the second pole switch 102 transmits the torsional force to the lifting device of the second pole switch 102, so that the lifting device of the second pole switch 102 also performs a lifting and pressing action to press the terminal board 503 to achieve synchronous compression and wiring. The third pole switch 103 and the fourth pole switch 103C also transmit the torsional force through the pole-to-pole linkage insulating member 504 in the same way to make them perform a lifting action to press the terminal board 503 for wiring. In order to make the wiring reliable, an anti-loosening device is also provided in the lifting device. The spring 505, the screw 501 and the wiring frame 502 are used to lift the wiring frame through the thread, and a conductor is inserted between the two wiring boards 503. One of the wiring boards 503 is against the anti-loosening spring 505. During the lifting process of the wiring frame 502, the anti-loosening spring 505 is squeezed, and the anti-loosening spring 505 transfers the pressure to the wiring board 503. When the anti-loosening spring 505 is pulled to the limit position, it is completely compressed, and the gap between the wiring board 503 and the conductor is completely closed and pressure contacted. The potential energy of the anti-loosening spring 505 is always maintained. When the switch is vibrated or the conductor yields, it will not cause virtual contact or loosening failure, which greatly improves the safety of wiring installation and the reliability of long-term operation.

第三十实施例Thirtieth Embodiment

如图87、图88和图89所示,与第一实施例不同的是,本实施例的螺丝压接装置130至少由螺钉130a、接线板130b组成,其螺钉压紧方与电的开关的X轴方向一致,螺母设置与接线板的下方或直接在接线板上设置螺纹,导电排200上设有槽或孔,导电排200上的槽或孔包围于螺钉,螺钉紧固后使导电排200与接线板之间形成压接力,使接线板与导电排200之间实现电接触,在拆卸时松开螺钉,电的开关整体顺着开槽方向的Z轴方向滑动即可在不改变导电排200的位置情况下进行单个开关的拆卸维护,电的开关相邻相极之间的壳体上还设有绝缘挡墙,用与将相邻相极之间进行电气隔离,增加爬电距离和电气间隙,提高系统的安全性,本实施例在配电箱/柜中应用于多路汇流或分流十分方便,具有节省导体,简化开关布局,安装便捷,电接触可靠,单个维护或更换方便。在本实施例中,导电排200形状为长条形,在其他实施例中,导电排形状可以是L型,也可以是U型,具体形状不受限制。As shown in Figures 87, 88 and 89, different from the first embodiment, the screw crimping device 130 of this embodiment is composed of at least a screw 130a and a terminal block 130b, the screw pressing direction is consistent with the X-axis direction of the electrical switch, the nut is arranged below the terminal block or the thread is directly arranged on the terminal block, the conductive bar 200 is provided with a groove or a hole, the groove or the hole on the conductive bar 200 surrounds the screw, and after the screw is tightened, a crimping force is formed between the conductive bar 200 and the terminal block, so that the terminal block and the conductive bar 200 are in electrical contact. When disassembling, loosen the screws, and the electrical switch as a whole slides along the Z-axis direction of the slotting direction to disassemble and maintain a single switch without changing the position of the conductive bar 200. An insulating retaining wall is also provided on the housing between adjacent phase poles of the electrical switch to electrically isolate adjacent phase poles, increase creepage distance and electrical clearance, and improve system safety. This embodiment is very convenient for multi-way convergence or diversion in a distribution box/cabinet, and has the advantages of saving conductors, simplifying switch layout, convenient installation, reliable electrical contact, and convenient single maintenance or replacement. In this embodiment, the conductive bar 200 is in the shape of a long strip. In other embodiments, the conductive bar can be in the shape of an L-shape or a U-shape, and the specific shape is not limited.

本申请还提供一种压板装置,如图90所示,压板装置至少包含螺钉1101、接线板1105、压板1104、弹垫1102、平垫1103、螺母1106,螺钉1101拧紧操作时,使设置在接线板1105与压板1104之间的外接导电排1107受力并紧固于压板1104与接线板1105之间,接线板1105上设有与螺钉1101相匹配的螺纹孔或通孔及螺母1106,压板1104为L型,中间位置设有可以通过螺钉1101的通孔,直角端1104b远离外接导电排1107,直面端压接于外接导电排1107之上,直面端设有凸起部1104a,凸起部1104a位于压接位置,凸起部1104a与通孔的距离小于直角端1104b与通孔的距离,如此设置压板装置110在实施多台开关并排放置母排接线安装时,可以节省母排的用量,无需搭接折弯等操作,也可以进一步简化母排的形状节省成本提高效率,为了达到上述目的,需要保证在母排或外接导电排1107只放置于螺钉1101的一侧时仍能可靠压接,本实施例的压板1104进行了巧妙设置,其压板1104设有直角端1104b、凸起部1104a,压板1104中间位置设有通过螺钉1101的通孔,在螺钉1101紧固操作时,凸起部1104a紧压外接导电排1107,使外接导电排1107与接线板1105牢牢的贴合紧固实现可靠的电接触,其凸起部1104a是为了解决螺钉1101紧固安装时压板1104会有弹性变形会导致压板1104对外接导电排1107的施压的着力点发生改变使外接导电排1107松动,为了实现更可靠的紧固效果,压板1104的凸起部与通孔之间的间距小于通孔与直角端1104b之间的间距,这样设置使得螺钉1101的向下压力更多的通过凸起部1104a施加在外接导电排1107上,使紧固效果更好,在本实施例中可以根据压板1104的弹性效果其平垫、弹垫可以选择性使用,依然能达到防松的效果,其接线板1105可以加工成螺纹孔与螺钉1101进行配合实现紧固,也可以在底部设置螺母1106与螺钉1101进行配合实现紧固,都能达到本实施例的效果。The present application also provides a pressure plate device, as shown in FIG90 , the pressure plate device at least comprises a screw 1101, a terminal block 1105, a pressure plate 1104, a spring washer 1102, a flat washer 1103, and a nut 1106. When the screw 1101 is tightened, the external conductive bar 1107 disposed between the terminal block 1105 and the pressure plate 1104 is stressed and fastened between the pressure plate 1104 and the terminal block 1105. The terminal block 1105 is provided with a threaded hole or a through hole matching the screw 1101 and a nut 1106. The pressure plate 1104 is L-shaped, with a through hole in the middle for passing the screw 1101, and the right-angle end 1104b is away from the external conductive bar 1107. The straight end of the busbar 1107 is crimped onto the external conductive busbar 1107. The straight end is provided with a protrusion 1104a, which is located at the crimping position. The distance between the protrusion 1104a and the through hole is smaller than the distance between the right-angle end 1104b and the through hole. When the pressure plate device 110 is arranged in this way, when multiple switches are placed side by side for busbar wiring installation, the amount of busbar can be saved, and there is no need for overlapping and bending operations. The shape of the busbar can also be further simplified to save costs and improve efficiency. In order to achieve the above purpose, it is necessary to ensure that the busbar or the external conductive busbar 1107 can still be reliably crimped when it is placed on only one side of the screw 1101. The pressure plate 110 of this embodiment 4 is cleverly designed, the pressing plate 1104 is provided with a right-angle end 1104b and a raised portion 1104a, and a through hole for passing the screw 1101 is provided in the middle of the pressing plate 1104. When the screw 1101 is tightened, the raised portion 1104a presses the external conductive bar 1107 tightly, so that the external conductive bar 1107 and the terminal block 1105 are firmly fitted and fastened to achieve reliable electrical contact. The raised portion 1104a is to solve the problem that when the screw 1101 is tightened and installed, the pressing plate 1104 will have elastic deformation, which will cause the pressure point of the pressing plate 1104 on the external conductive bar 1107 to change, causing the external conductive bar 1107 to loosen. In order to achieve more reliable In order to achieve a fastening effect, the spacing between the protrusion of the pressure plate 1104 and the through hole is smaller than the spacing between the through hole and the right-angle end 1104b. This arrangement allows the downward pressure of the screw 1101 to be applied to the external conductive bar 1107 more through the protrusion 1104a, so that the fastening effect is better. In this embodiment, according to the elastic effect of the pressure plate 1104, its flat washer and spring washer can be selectively used to achieve the anti-loosening effect. The terminal block 1105 can be processed into a threaded hole to cooperate with the screw 1101 to achieve fastening, or a nut 1106 can be set at the bottom to cooperate with the screw 1101 to achieve fastening, both of which can achieve the effect of this embodiment.

第三十一实施例Thirty-first embodiment

如图91、图92和图93所示,相比其他实施例,本实施例中的多连杆机构104在第一腔体内与触头支持21中心轴线同轴地间接连接,驱动触头支持21上的动触头20做沿Z轴的开关高度方向的转动,并与静触头30进行电的接通与分断。As shown in Figures 91, 92 and 93, compared with other embodiments, the multi-link mechanism 104 in this embodiment is indirectly connected coaxially with the central axis of the contact support 21 in the first cavity, driving the moving contact 20 on the contact support 21 to rotate along the switch height direction of the Z axis, and electrically connects and disconnects with the static contact 30.

具体的,驱动部1040至少包含输出杆1041、传动轴25和连接轴24,控制机构的多连杆机构104设置在第一腔体105,传动轴25通过输出杆1041与控制机构的多连杆机构104连接,在控制机构的多连杆机构104的操纵下做旋转运动,传动轴25由第一腔体105插入至多个第二腔体160,贯穿于触头支持21的转动中心和输出杆1041,传动轴25的一端穿过输出杆1041上的方形孔后可旋转的插接在侧板1042上,另一端可旋转的插接在第三极开关103的绝缘罩壳上,连接轴24内部设有用于传动轴25穿过的通孔,连接轴24穿过触头支持21,且连接轴24与触头支持21的配合面为弓形,与触头支持21为固定连接彼此不可相互转动;触头支持21同轴、层叠设置在多个第二腔体160中,连接轴24一端为阴性结构24a,另一端为阳性结构24b,多个触头支持21间通过同心且不可转动的连接轴24的阴性结构24a和阳性结构24b配合进行连接,传动轴25贯穿于连接轴24,输出杆1041被控制机构的多连杆机构104驱动进行摆幅运动使传动轴25做旋转运动来驱触头支持21进行旋转运动,使动触头20与静触头30实现电的接通和分断。Specifically, the driving part 1040 at least includes an output rod 1041, a transmission shaft 25 and a connecting shaft 24. The multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity 105. The transmission shaft 25 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism through the output rod 1041, and performs rotational motion under the control of the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism. The transmission shaft 25 is inserted from the first cavity 105 into the plurality of second cavities 160, passing through the rotation center of the contact support 21 and the output rod 1041. One end of the transmission shaft 25 passes through the square hole on the output rod 1041 and is rotatably plugged into the side plate 1042, and the other end is rotatably plugged into the insulating cover of the third pole switch 103. A through hole for the transmission shaft 25 to pass through is provided inside the connecting shaft 24. , the connecting shaft 24 passes through the contact support 21, and the mating surface of the connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 is arched, and is fixedly connected to the contact support 21 and cannot rotate with each other; the contact support 21 is coaxially and stacked in multiple second cavities 160, one end of the connecting shaft 24 is a female structure 24a, and the other end is a male structure 24b, and multiple contact supports 21 are connected by the female structure 24a and the male structure 24b of the concentric and non-rotatable connecting shaft 24. The transmission shaft 25 runs through the connecting shaft 24, and the output rod 1041 is driven by the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism to perform a swing motion to make the transmission shaft 25 rotate to drive the contact support 21 to rotate, so that the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30 can be electrically connected and disconnected.

传动轴25插入连接轴24的转动中心,通过传动轴25将扭转力传导至触头支持21上使整个触头支持21进行旋转运动,当动触头20与静触头30接触后再由动触头20与触头支持21之间发生转动实现接触超程和接触压力,通过同心设置传动轴25和连接轴24的转动中心,并将扭转力直接施加在触头支持21上,使触头支持21旋转带动动触头与静触头接触和分离,传动轴25设置为六方轴,与连接轴24中心和输出杆1041的六方孔进行配合,在传动轴25转动时触头支持21也能跟随转动,传动轴25与输出杆1041、连接轴24中心的轴孔配合不限于六方形,还可以是三角形、四边形、多边形、异形等不可彼此转动的形状进行配合均可达到传递旋转运动的效果,同理,连接轴24与触头支持21的配合面也不限于弓形的限制。The transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the rotation center of the connecting shaft 24, and the torsional force is transmitted to the contact support 21 through the transmission shaft 25, so that the entire contact support 21 rotates. When the moving contact 20 contacts the static contact 30, the moving contact 20 and the contact support 21 rotate to achieve contact overtravel and contact pressure. The transmission shaft 25 and the rotation center of the connecting shaft 24 are concentrically arranged, and the torsional force is directly applied to the contact support 21, so that the contact support 21 rotates to drive the moving contact to contact and separate from the static contact. The transmission shaft 25 is set as a hexagonal shaft, which cooperates with the hexagonal holes in the center of the connecting shaft 24 and the output rod 1041. When the transmission shaft 25 rotates, the contact support 21 can also rotate with it. The cooperation between the transmission shaft 25 and the output rod 1041 and the axial hole in the center of the connecting shaft 24 is not limited to the hexagonal shape, but can also be a triangle, quadrilateral, polygon, special shape, etc. that cannot rotate with each other to achieve the effect of transmitting rotational motion. Similarly, the matching surface of the connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 is not limited to the limitation of the bow shape.

触头支持21为层叠设置,通过连接轴24进行连接,连接轴24安装于触头支持21与动触头20的旋转中心,连接轴24与触头支持21彼此固定连接不可相对旋转,使所有触头支持21能一起进行同步旋转,输出杆1041与控制机构的多连杆机构104进行连接,当控制机构进行合、分闸操作时,首先将摆动动力施加至输出杆1041,输出杆1041受力使传动轴25发生旋转运动,传动轴25通过连接轴24将旋转力传递给触头支持21,触头支持21带着动触头20一起进行旋转运动,实现动触头20与静触头30的接通和分断的操作。本实例中输出杆24的长短可以根据旋转的扭矩和角度要求彼此进行调节,可以达到传递更大的旋转角度或实现更大的扭矩,传动轴25插接在侧板1042和绝缘壳体上可保持在旋转过程中的稳定性及减少偏移带来的力矩损失,通过贯穿于连接轴24带动触头支持21绕其中心旋转可保证层与层之间更好的绝缘性能。The contact supports 21 are arranged in a stacked manner and connected by a connecting shaft 24. The connecting shaft 24 is installed at the rotation center of the contact support 21 and the moving contact 20. The connecting shaft 24 and the contact support 21 are fixedly connected to each other and cannot rotate relative to each other, so that all the contact supports 21 can rotate synchronously together. The output rod 1041 is connected to the multi-link mechanism 104 of the control mechanism. When the control mechanism performs closing and opening operations, the swinging power is first applied to the output rod 1041. The output rod 1041 is subjected to force to cause the transmission shaft 25 to rotate. The transmission shaft 25 transmits the rotational force to the contact support 21 through the connecting shaft 24. The contact support 21 rotates with the moving contact 20 to realize the connection and disconnection operations of the moving contact 20 and the static contact 30. In this example, the length of the output rod 24 can be adjusted according to the torque and angle requirements of the rotation, so as to transmit a larger rotation angle or achieve a larger torque. The transmission shaft 25 is inserted into the side plate 1042 and the insulating shell to maintain stability during rotation and reduce the torque loss caused by offset. By running through the connecting shaft 24 and driving the contact support 21 to rotate around its center, better insulation performance between layers can be guaranteed.

本申请还提供了多种结构形式的导电排与电的开关的连接结构,如图94至99所示,至少一个电的开关的多个第一接线端与多组导电排200直接或间接连接,多组导电排200以水平或垂直方向布置,电的开关跟随多组导电排200的水平或垂直方向进行布置,导电排200为平面直条状或一侧设置孔或开口或凹槽或凸起,导电排200为平面直条状时,导电排200任意一侧与电的开关的第一接线端40直接或间接固定连接,导电排200一侧设置孔或开口或凹槽或凸起时,其设置孔或开口或凹槽或凸起的一侧与电的开关的第一接线端40直接或间接固定连接,第一接线端40的导电件伸出或短于开关绝缘外壳,多组导电排200至少由一条或二条导电排组200成,二条导电排200之间设置有间距,多个第一接线端40插入的间距内分别与导电排200进行电的连接,在配电系统的实际应用中电的开关可以根据实际需要电流支路的数量来设置开关的数量,以及导电排200的长短,开关与导电排200的布局方向可以是水平方向的布局,也可以是垂直方向布局,其布局方式可以根据安装空间及配电箱柜的形状进行设置,导电排200的形状结构可以根据开关接线端40的实施方案进行灵活变化,可以是直条平面装的导电排,也可以是一侧设置有孔或开口或凹槽或凸起,其导电排200的不同实施方案的结构特征主要用于配合不同的开关接线端接线装置的结构形式,以及电流规格大小来设定,导电排200的数量是根据开关的相、极数量进行设置,单极开关采用一条导电排,二极开关采用二条导电排,三极开关采用三条导电排,四级开关采用四条导电排,其导电排200的根据开关的层叠方向进行设置,其间距根据开关的层间距进行布局,能使导电排200准确的插入各相、极的第一接线端40便于进行电的连接实现分配电能。电的开关第一接线端40设置为夹头装置120时,导电排40可以设置为平面直条状,平面端可以直接插入夹头实现电接触,具有安装方便快捷,导电排结构也简单加工比较方便,当电的开关,第一接线端40设置为螺丝压紧装置130时可以直接压紧导电排200于接线板130b之上实现导电排200与接线板之间的电接触,为了达到更好的导电效果还可以在导电排200与接线板之上设置导电连接条130d,增强导电性,接线排200的结构可以实施为平面直条状或一侧设置孔或开口或凹槽等结构与第一接线端40进行电连接,多组导电排200伸进电的开关绝缘外壳与第一接线端40邻近或设置在第一接线端40上有压接件进行压紧紧固实现多极开关匹配多组导电排200的安装,当电的开关,第一接线端40设置为提拉式装置140时,通过螺丝与接线框螺纹配合收紧接线板与接线框之间的间隙,使插入间隙的导电排200与接线板之间被压紧固定,导电排200的一侧设置有凸起,凸起插入间隙被压紧固定实现电连接,当电的开关,第一接线端40设置为压板装置110时,通过螺丝与接线板的螺纹或螺母配合收紧接线板与压板之间的间隙,使插入间隙的导电排200与接线板之间被压紧固定,导电排的为平面直条状,如此设置导电排具有结构简单加工方便,本案的电的开关在配电系统中的实施方案不限于以上组合,其具体的实施方式可以根据配电系统中的着重考虑方向进行组合实施具有显著的提升运行可靠性、经济性、操作便捷性等。The present application also provides connection structures of conductive bars and electrical switches in various structural forms. As shown in FIGS. 94 to 99 , multiple first terminals of at least one electrical switch are directly or indirectly connected to multiple groups of conductive bars 200. The multiple groups of conductive bars 200 are arranged in a horizontal or vertical direction. The electrical switches are arranged in the horizontal or vertical direction following the multiple groups of conductive bars 200. The conductive bars 200 are in the shape of a flat straight bar or one side of which is provided with a hole, an opening, a groove or a protrusion. When the conductive bars 200 are in the shape of a flat straight bar, any side of the conductive bars 200 is directly connected to the first terminal 40 of the electrical switch. When a hole, opening, groove or protrusion is set on one side of the conductive bar 200, the side where the hole, opening, groove or protrusion is set is directly or indirectly fixedly connected to the first terminal 40 of the electrical switch, and the conductive member of the first terminal 40 extends out or is shorter than the insulating shell of the switch. The multiple groups of conductive bars 200 are composed of at least one or two conductive bar groups 200, and a spacing is set between the two conductive bars 200. The multiple first terminals 40 are inserted into the spacing to be electrically connected to the conductive bar 200 respectively. In the actual application of the power distribution system, the electrical switch can be configured according to The number of switches and the length of the conductive bar 200 are set according to the number of current branches actually required. The layout direction of the switch and the conductive bar 200 can be horizontal or vertical. The layout method can be set according to the installation space and the shape of the distribution cabinet. The shape and structure of the conductive bar 200 can be flexibly changed according to the implementation scheme of the switch terminal 40. It can be a straight flat conductive bar, or a conductive bar with a hole or opening or a groove or a protrusion on one side. The structural features of the different implementation schemes of the conductive bar 200 are mainly used to match the structural form of different switch terminal wiring devices and the current specifications. The number of the conductive bar 200 is set according to the number of phases and poles of the switch. The single-pole switch uses one conductive bar, the two-pole switch uses two conductive bars, the three-pole switch uses three conductive bars, and the four-pole switch uses four conductive bars. The conductive bar 200 is set according to the stacking direction of the switch, and the spacing is arranged according to the layer spacing of the switch, so that the conductive bar 200 can be accurately inserted into the first terminal 40 of each phase and pole to facilitate electrical connection and realize the distribution of electrical energy. When the first terminal 40 of the electrical switch is set as a clamp device 120, the conductive bar 40 can be set as a flat straight bar, and the flat end can be directly inserted into the clamp to achieve electrical contact, which is convenient and quick to install, and the conductive bar structure is also simple and convenient to process. When the first terminal 40 of the electrical switch is set as a screw clamping device 130, the conductive bar 200 can be directly clamped on the terminal board 130b to achieve electrical contact between the conductive bar 200 and the terminal board. In order to achieve a better conductive effect, a conductive connecting strip 130d can also be set on the conductive bar 200 and the terminal board to enhance conductivity. The structure of the terminal bar 200 can be implemented as a flat straight bar or a hole, opening or groove is set on one side to be electrically connected to the first terminal 40. Multiple groups of conductive bars 200 extend into the insulating housing of the electrical switch and are adjacent to the first terminal 40 or are set on the first terminal 40. There are crimping parts to compress and tighten to achieve multi-pole switches matching multiple groups of conductive bars. 200 is installed. When the electric switch, the first terminal 40 is set as a pull-up device 140, the gap between the terminal board and the terminal frame is tightened by the screw and the thread of the terminal frame, so that the conductive bar 200 inserted into the gap is pressed and fixed between the terminal board. A protrusion is provided on one side of the conductive bar 200, and the protrusion is inserted into the gap and pressed and fixed to achieve electrical connection. When the electric switch, the first terminal 40 is set as a pressing plate device 110, the gap between the terminal board and the pressing plate is tightened by the screw and the thread or nut of the terminal board, so that the conductive bar 200 inserted into the gap is pressed and fixed between the terminal board. The conductive bar is a flat straight strip. The conductive bar arranged in this way has a simple structure and is easy to process. The implementation scheme of the electric switch in the power distribution system of this case is not limited to the above combination. Its specific implementation scheme can be combined and implemented according to the focus of consideration in the power distribution system, which has significantly improved operational reliability, economy, and ease of operation.

本申请可以以其他的具体形式实现,而不脱离其精神和本质特征。当前的实施例在所有方面都被看作是示例性的而非限定性的,本申请的范围由所附权利要求而非上述描述定义,并且,落入权利要求的含义和等同物的范围内的全部改变从而都被包括在本申请的范围之中。 The present application can be implemented in other specific forms without departing from its spirit and essential characteristics. The current embodiment is considered to be exemplary and not restrictive in all aspects, and the scope of the present application is defined by the appended claims rather than the above description, and all changes falling within the meaning of the claims and the scope of equivalents are thus included in the scope of the present application.

Claims (154)

一种电的开关,包括绝缘外壳及内部元件,所述内部元件至少包括动触头、触头支持、静触头、控制机构、第一接线端、第二接线端,An electric switch comprises an insulating housing and internal components, wherein the internal components at least comprise a moving contact, a contact support, a stationary contact, a control mechanism, a first terminal, and a second terminal. 所述绝缘外壳包括容纳控制机构的第一腔体和至少二个容纳所述动触头、静触头、触头支持的第二腔体;The insulating housing includes a first cavity for accommodating the control mechanism and at least two second cavities for accommodating the moving contact, the stationary contact, and the contact support; 所述第一接线端和第二接线端分别设置于所述第二腔体的两端;The first wiring terminal and the second wiring terminal are respectively arranged at two ends of the second cavity; 所述第一腔体和多个第二腔体以上下叠层设置,所述第一腔体设置在多个第二腔体的上方;The first cavity and the plurality of second cavities are stacked up and down, and the first cavity is arranged above the plurality of second cavities; 所述静触头直接或间接地与所述第一接线端或/和第二接线端连接;The static contact is directly or indirectly connected to the first terminal and/or the second terminal; 所述第一接线端或/和第二接线端设置有夹头装置或压板装置或螺丝压接装置或提拉式装置;The first terminal and/or the second terminal are provided with a clamping device or a pressing plate device or a screw crimping device or a lifting device; 所述第一接线端或第二接线端在不同相或极呈上下设置的中轴线或中心轴线为同轴设置或不同轴设置;The middle axes or central axes of the first terminal or the second terminal arranged in different phases or poles are coaxially arranged or non-coaxially arranged; 所述动触头设置在所述触头支持上并一起运动,所述触头支持在所述控制机构直接或间接驱动下做转动或/和移动运动,带动所述动触头与所述静触头进行电的接通或分断。The moving contact is arranged on the contact support and moves together. The contact support rotates and/or moves under the direct or indirect drive of the control mechanism, driving the moving contact and the static contact to electrically connect or disconnect. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述多个第二腔体呈长条形状或长方形状,所述第一腔体呈方形状或圆形状或方圆相结合形状。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the plurality of second cavities are in a strip shape or a rectangular shape, and the first cavity is in a square shape or a circular shape or a combination of a square shape and a circular shape. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述内部元件还包括灭弧室,所述电的开关的最小宽度与所述动触头的长度或/和灭弧室的宽度成正比。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the internal element further comprises an arc extinguishing chamber, and the minimum width of the electrical switch is proportional to the length of the moving contact and/or the width of the arc extinguishing chamber. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述电的开关的最小宽度为2个接线端压紧螺丝的直径之和。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the minimum width of the electrical switch is the sum of the diameters of the two terminal clamping screws. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一接线端或/和第二接线端在不同相、极呈上下设置的夹头装置、压板装置、螺丝压接装置、提拉式装置可以任意组合。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the first terminal and/or the second terminal are arranged in different phases and poles in upper and lower positions with a clamping device, a pressure plate device, a screw crimping device, and a lifting device which can be arbitrarily combined. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持转动10~130度角,带动所述动触头与所述静触头进行电的接通或分断。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to rotate the contact support by 10 to 130 degrees, thereby driving the moving contact and the static contact to be electrically connected or disconnected. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持移动1~50mm,带动所述动触头与所述静触头进行电的接通或分断。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to move the contact support by 1 to 50 mm, thereby driving the moving contact and the static contact to be electrically connected or disconnected. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持同时做1~50mm移动和10~130度角转动,带动所述动触头与所述静触头进行电的接通或分断。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to make the contact support move 1 to 50 mm and rotate 10 to 130 degrees at the same time, driving the moving contact and the static contact to electrically connect or disconnect. 根据权利要求6或7或8所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构设置有直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部运动的驱动部,所述驱动部的结构为杠杆式或悬臂式或转杆式或拨杆式或以上几种结构形式的任意组合。An electric switch according to claim 6, 7 or 8, wherein the control mechanism is provided with a driving portion for directly or indirectly driving the end or side of the contact support to move, and the structure of the driving portion is a lever type, a cantilever type, a rotating rod type, a lever type, or any combination of the above structural forms. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为悬臂式,所述驱动部包括输出杆和传动轴,所述传动轴的一端与最上方的触头支持端部固定连接,另一端与所述输出杆固定连接,经过所述控制机构的多连杆机构传动,使所述传动轴沿所述多连杆机构上的第三滑槽和所述绝缘外壳的绝缘件上的滑槽前后移动和转动,通过所述传动轴驱动触头支持与所述输出杆同步转动和移动,带动所述动触头与所述静触头进行电的接通或分断。According to the electric switch of claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is cantilever type, the driving part comprises an output rod and a transmission shaft, one end of the transmission shaft is fixedly connected to the uppermost contact support end, and the other end is fixedly connected to the output rod, and is driven by the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism, so that the transmission shaft moves back and forth and rotates along the third slide groove on the multi-link mechanism and the slide groove on the insulating part of the insulating housing, and the contact support is driven by the transmission shaft to rotate and move synchronously with the output rod, so as to drive the moving contact and the static contact to be electrically connected or disconnected. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为悬臂式,所述驱动部至少包含传动轴和输出杆。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is cantilever type, and the driving part at least includes a transmission shaft and an output rod. 根据权利要求11所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴与所述输出杆固定连接,所述多个触头支持通过所述传动轴连接,所述输出杆在所述控制机构的多连杆机构驱动下做移动运动,将驱动力传递给传动轴,带动触头支持一同移动,带动所述动触头与所述静触头进行电的接触或分离。According to the electric switch of claim 11, wherein the transmission shaft is fixedly connected to the output rod, the multiple contact supports are connected through the transmission shaft, and the output rod moves when driven by the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism, transmits the driving force to the transmission shaft, drives the contact support to move together, and drives the moving contact to electrically contact or separate with the static contact. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为拨杆式,所述驱动部至少包含传动轴和第五摆杆。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is a lever type, and the driving part at least includes a transmission shaft and a fifth rocker arm. 根据权利要求13所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构的多连杆机构设置在所述第一腔体。The electric switch according to claim 13, wherein the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity. 根据权利要求13所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴通过第五摆杆与所述多连杆机构连接,在所述多连杆机构的驱动下做旋转运动。The electric switch according to claim 13, wherein the transmission shaft is connected to the multi-link mechanism through a fifth rocker rod and performs rotational motion under the drive of the multi-link mechanism. 根据权利要求13所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持同轴、层叠设置在多个第二腔体中,所述多个触头支持在转动中心处通过具有力矩传动的阴、阳结构进行拼接。The electrical switch according to claim 13, wherein the contact supports are coaxially and stacked in a plurality of second cavities, and the plurality of contact supports are spliced at the rotation center through a female and male structure with torque transmission. 根据权利要求13所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴为两根,其中一根由所述第一腔体贯穿多个所述第二腔体与所述多个触头支持进行连接,另一个根由所述第一腔体穿过第一个所述第二腔体与第二个或第三个所述第二腔体内的触头支持连接。An electrical switch according to claim 13, wherein the transmission shafts are two, one of which is from the first cavity through the plurality of the second cavities to be connected to the plurality of contact supports, and the other is from the first cavity through the first of the second cavities to be connected to the contact support in the second or third of the second cavities. 根据权利要求或14或15或16或17所述的电的开关,其中,所述第五摆杆被所述多连杆机构驱动进行摆动使传动轴做旋转运动来驱动所述触头支持进行旋转运动,使所述动触头与所述静触头实现电的接通和分断。According to claim 14 or 15 or 16 or 17, the fifth rocker arm is driven by the multi-link mechanism to swing so that the transmission shaft performs rotational motion to drive the contact support to perform rotational motion, so that the moving contact and the static contact can achieve electrical connection and disconnection. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为拨杆式,所述驱动部包括输出杆和传动轴,所述传动轴与任意所述第二腔体内的触头支持侧部间接连接,所述传动轴由所述第一腔体插入至所述第二腔体,一端在第一腔体内与所述输出杆固定连接,另一端在所述第二腔体通过连接轴连接到触头支持的转动中心,经过所述控制机构的多连杆机构传动,将驱动力传递给输出杆,输出杆带动传动轴动作,继而驱动所述连接轴带动所述触头支持沿所述多连杆机构上的第三滑槽和所述绝缘外壳的绝缘件上的滑槽前后移动和转动,带动所述动触头与所述静触头进行电的接通或分断。According to the electric switch of claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is a lever type, the driving part includes an output rod and a transmission shaft, the transmission shaft is indirectly connected to the side of the contact support in any second cavity, the transmission shaft is inserted from the first cavity into the second cavity, one end of the transmission shaft is fixedly connected to the output rod in the first cavity, and the other end is connected to the rotation center of the contact support through a connecting shaft in the second cavity, and the driving force is transmitted to the output rod through the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism, and the output rod drives the transmission shaft to move, and then drives the connecting shaft to drive the contact support to move and rotate back and forth along the third slide groove on the multi-link mechanism and the slide groove on the insulating part of the insulating housing, thereby driving the moving contact and the static contact to be electrically connected or disconnected. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为转杆式,所述驱动部至少包含传动轴、第一摆杆、第二摆杆、第三摆杆和联动杆。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is a rotating rod type, and the driving part at least includes a transmission shaft, a first swing rod, a second swing rod, a third swing rod and a linkage rod. 根据权利要求20所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构的多连杆机构设置在所述第一腔体。The electric switch according to claim 20, wherein the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity. 根据权利要求20所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴由所述第一腔体插入至所述第二腔体,与所述动触头转动中心平行设置。The electric switch according to claim 20, wherein the transmission shaft is inserted from the first cavity into the second cavity and is arranged parallel to the rotation center of the moving contact. 根据权利要求22所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴与所述控制机构之间通过所述第一摆杆连接,在所述控制机构的驱动下做旋转运动。 The electric switch according to claim 22, wherein the transmission shaft is connected to the control mechanism through the first rocker rod and performs rotational motion under the drive of the control mechanism. 根据权利要求23所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴与所述第二摆杆的一端连接,所述第二摆杆的另一端与所述联动杆连接,所述联动杆通过所述第三摆杆与所述触头支持连接,所述传动轴做旋转运动时通过联动杆将旋转运动传递至所述触头支持,使所述动触头与静触头实现电的接通和分断。According to the electric switch of claim 23, the transmission shaft is connected to one end of the second rocker arm, the other end of the second rocker arm is connected to the linkage rod, the linkage rod is connected to the contact support through the third rocker arm, and when the transmission shaft rotates, the rotational motion is transmitted to the contact support through the linkage rod, so that the moving contact and the static contact can be electrically connected and disconnected. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为转杆式,所述驱动部至少包含传动轴和第四摆杆。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is a rotating rod type, and the driving part at least includes a transmission shaft and a fourth rocker arm. 根据权利要求25所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构的多连杆机构设置在所述第一腔体。The electric switch according to claim 25, wherein the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity. 根据权利要求25所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴通过第四摆杆与所述控制机构连接,在所述控制杆机构的驱动下做旋转运动。The electric switch according to claim 25, wherein the transmission shaft is connected to the control mechanism through a fourth rocker rod and performs rotational motion under the drive of the control rod mechanism. 根据权利要求25所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持的转动中心偏心于所述动触头相对于所述触头支持的旋转中心。26. An electrical switch according to claim 25, wherein the center of rotation of the contact support is eccentric to the center of rotation of the movable contact relative to the contact support. 根据权利要求25所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴由所述第一腔体插入至所述第二腔体,贯穿于所述触头支持的旋转中心,所述传动轴与所述触头支持转动中心同轴设置。The electric switch according to claim 25, wherein the transmission shaft is inserted from the first cavity into the second cavity, passes through the rotation center of the contact support, and the transmission shaft is coaxially arranged with the rotation center of the contact support. 根据权利要求29所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴与所述触头支持为固定连接彼此不可相互转动。The electric switch according to claim 29, wherein the transmission shaft and the contact support are fixedly connected and cannot rotate relative to each other. 根据权利要求29所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持同轴、层叠设置在多个第二腔体中,所述多个触头支持间通过不可转动的连接轴进行连接。The electrical switch according to claim 29, wherein the contact supports are coaxially and stacked in a plurality of second cavities, and the plurality of contact supports are connected via a non-rotatable connecting shaft. 根据权利要求25或26或27或28或29或30或31所述的电的开关,其中,所述第四摆杆被所述控制机构驱动进行摆动使传动轴做旋转运动来驱动所述触头支持进行旋转运动,使所述动触头与所述静触头实现电的接通和分断。According to claim 25 or 26 or 27 or 28 or 29 or 30 or 31, the fourth rocker arm is driven by the control mechanism to swing so that the transmission shaft performs rotational motion to drive the contact support to perform rotational motion, so that the moving contact and the static contact can achieve electrical connection and disconnection. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为拨杆式,所述驱动部包括第五连杆、传动轴,所述驱动部由控制机构的多连杆机构直接驱动,所述传动轴与触头支持的连接部插入式地连接,所述触头支持在驱动部的拨动下绕自身轴心线旋转,使所述动触头与静触头实现电 的接通和分断。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is a lever type, the driving part includes a fifth connecting rod and a transmission shaft, the driving part is directly driven by a multi-link mechanism of a control mechanism, the transmission shaft is plug-in connected to the connecting part of the contact support, and the contact support rotates around its own axis under the toggle of the driving part, so that the moving contact and the static contact can realize electrical connection and disconnection. 根据权利要求33所述的电的开关,其中,所述多连杆机构还包括第一连杆、第二连杆、第三连杆、第四连杆、固定板和跳扣杆,第一连杆、第二连杆、第三连杆、第四连杆、第五连杆、固定板和跳扣杆组成两组四连杆结构,所述第五连杆的末端可绕一固定铰接点转动且可在所述固定板上的第四滑槽内旋转地移动,所述第五连杆作为所述多连杆机构的输出端可驱动所述触头支持做旋转运动。According to the electric switch of claim 33, wherein the multi-link mechanism further comprises a first link, a second link, a third link, a fourth link, a fixed plate and a jumper rod, the first link, the second link, the third link, the fourth link, the fifth link, the fixed plate and the jumper rod form two groups of four-link structures, the end of the fifth link can rotate around a fixed hinge point and can rotate and move in a fourth slide groove on the fixed plate, and the fifth link as the output end of the multi-link mechanism can drive the contact support to perform rotational motion. 根据权利要求34所述的电的开关,其中,所述第三连杆与所述固定板的铰接点D到所述第三连杆与所述第四连杆的铰接点E之间的距离DE和所述第二连杆与第三连杆的铰接点C到铰接点D之间的距离CD之间的杠杆比DE/CD>1.0;所述第五连杆在所述第四滑槽内的铰接点F到所述第五连杆与固定板的铰接点G之间的距离FG和所述铰接点G到第四连杆与第五连杆的铰接点H之间的距离GH之间的杠杆比FG/GH>1.0。An electric switch according to claim 34, wherein the lever ratio DE/CD between the distance DE between the hinge point D of the third link and the fixed plate to the hinge point E of the third link and the fourth link and the distance CD between the hinge point C of the second link and the third link to the hinge point D is greater than 1.0; the lever ratio FG between the distance F of the fifth link in the fourth slide groove to the hinge point G of the fifth link and the fixed plate and the distance GH from the hinge point G to the hinge point H of the fourth link and the fifth link is greater than 1.0. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动结构为杠杆式,所述驱动部包含输出杆、传动轴、第一杆和第二杆。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the driving structure is a lever type, and the driving part comprises an output rod, a transmission shaft, a first rod and a second rod. 根据权利要求36所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴穿过所述控输出杆的腰孔和控制机构的侧板上的第三滑槽,所述第一杆一端与传动轴连接,另一端与第二杆一端连接,第二杆的另一端与触头支持的转动中心铰接配合,触头支持可绕其与第二杆的连接处转动,经过所述控制机构的多连杆机构传动,使所述传动轴沿所述多连杆机构上的第三滑槽前后移动,经过第一杆和第二杆带动触头支持沿所述绝缘外壳的绝缘件上的滑槽移动。According to the electric switch of claim 36, wherein the transmission shaft passes through the waist hole of the control output rod and the third slide groove on the side plate of the control mechanism, one end of the first rod is connected to the transmission shaft, and the other end is connected to one end of the second rod, the other end of the second rod is hinged with the rotation center of the contact support, and the contact support can rotate around the connection between it and the second rod, and is transmitted by the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism, so that the transmission shaft moves back and forth along the third slide groove on the multi-link mechanism, and drives the contact support to move along the slide groove on the insulating part of the insulating shell through the first rod and the second rod. 根据权利要求36所述的电的开关,其中,所述绝缘外壳的绝缘件上设有供所述第二杆移动的导向孔。The electric switch according to claim 36, wherein the insulating member of the insulating housing is provided with a guide hole for movement of the second rod. 根据权利要求37所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构的多连杆机构设置在所述第一腔体。An electric switch according to claim 37, wherein the multi-link mechanism of the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity. 根据权利要求39所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构的多连杆结构为四连杆结构,包括第上连杆、下连杆、输出杆,所述输出杆的中间部位与控制机构的侧板上的轴铰接配合,输出杆末端设有腰孔,所述传动轴可在所述腰孔内滑动。 According to the electric switch of claim 39, the multi-link structure of the control mechanism is a four-link structure, including an upper link, a lower link, and an output rod, the middle part of the output rod is hinged with the axis on the side plate of the control mechanism, and a waist hole is provided at the end of the output rod, and the transmission shaft can slide in the waist hole. 根据权利要求37所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持同轴、层叠设置在多个第二腔体中,所述多个触头支The electrical switch according to claim 37, wherein the contact supports are coaxially and stacked in a plurality of second cavities, and the plurality of contact supports are 持间通过不可转动的连接轴进行连接。The two parts are connected by a non-rotatable connecting shaft. 根据权利要求41所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持或连接轴的转动轴心上至少设置一个齿轮,与所述齿轮外沿还正对设置有至少一个齿条,所述齿轮与所述触头支持同转动或移动,所述齿条与所述绝缘件固定或一体化设置。According to the electric switch of claim 41, at least one gear is arranged on the rotating axis of the contact support or connecting shaft, and at least one rack is arranged opposite to the outer edge of the gear, the gear rotates or moves together with the contact support, and the rack is fixed or integrated with the insulating part. 根据权利要求42所述的电的开关,其中,当所述触头支持沿滑槽移动的同时,所述触头支持上的齿轮受到齿条的扭转力矩的作用沿其自身会发生转动,继而带动动触头做移动和转动的复合运动与所述静触头进行电的接通或分断。According to the electric switch of claim 42, wherein, when the contact support moves along the slide groove, the gear on the contact support will rotate along itself due to the torsional torque of the rack, thereby driving the moving contact to perform a combined motion of movement and rotation to connect or disconnect electricity with the static contact. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为杠杆式,所述驱动部包括输出杆、第三杆、传动轴。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is a lever type, and the driving part comprises an output rod, a third rod, and a transmission shaft. 根据权利要求44所述的电的开关,其中,所述第三杆一端与所述输出杆铰接,其另一端与传动轴铰接配合,所述传动轴的一端与最上方的触头支持中心端部连接,并穿过控制机构的第三滑槽中,经过所述输出杆带动所述传动轴沿控制机构上的第三滑槽移动,进而驱动触头支持移动。According to the electric switch of claim 44, one end of the third rod is hinged to the output rod, and the other end thereof is hinged to the transmission shaft, one end of the transmission shaft is connected to the center end of the uppermost contact support, and passes through the third slide groove of the control mechanism, and the output rod drives the transmission shaft to move along the third slide groove on the control mechanism, thereby driving the contact support to move. 根据权利要求45所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构的多连杆结构为四连杆结构,包括上连杆、下连杆、输出杆,所述输出杆的中间部位与控制机构的侧板上的轴铰接配合,输出杆末端与传动轴连接处设有圆孔结构。According to the electric switch of claim 45, the multi-link structure of the control mechanism is a four-link structure, including an upper link, a lower link, and an output rod, the middle portion of the output rod is hinged with the axis on the side panel of the control mechanism, and a circular hole structure is provided at the connection between the end of the output rod and the transmission shaft. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部的结构为杠杆式,所述驱动部包含输出杆、第三杆、传动轴、第一杆和第二连杆。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the structure of the driving part is a lever type, and the driving part comprises an output rod, a third rod, a transmission shaft, a first rod and a second connecting rod. 根据权利要求47所述的电的开关,其中,所述第三杆一端与所述输出杆铰接,其另一端与传动轴铰接配合,所述传动轴通过控制机构的第三滑槽,并与第一杆的一端连接,第一杆的另一端与第二杆一端连接,第二杆的另一端与任意第二腔体内的触头支持的转动中心铰接配合,当控制机构的输出杆带动第三杆运动时,第三杆带动传动轴沿控制机构的第三滑槽上下运动,通过第一杆和第二杆带动触头支持上下移动。 According to the electric switch of claim 47, one end of the third rod is hinged to the output rod, and the other end thereof is hinged to the transmission shaft, the transmission shaft passes through the third slide groove of the control mechanism and is connected to one end of the first rod, the other end of the first rod is connected to one end of the second rod, and the other end of the second rod is hinged to the rotation center of the contact support in any second cavity, when the output rod of the control mechanism drives the third rod to move, the third rod drives the transmission shaft to move up and down along the third slide groove of the control mechanism, and drives the contact support to move up and down through the first rod and the second rod. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部至少包括输出杆、传动轴和连接轴,所述连接轴绝缘地穿入所述触头支持。The electric switch according to claim 9, wherein the driving portion comprises at least an output rod, a transmission shaft and a connecting shaft, and the connecting shaft penetrates the contact support in an insulated manner. 根据权利要求49所述的电的开关,其中,所述连接轴的首尾端部分别设置有阴性特征或阳性特征,多个连接轴通过所述阴性特征、阳性特征连接,多个所述连接轴之间不可转动。The electric switch according to claim 49, wherein the head and tail ends of the connecting shaft are respectively provided with a negative feature or a positive feature, a plurality of connecting shafts are connected via the negative features and the positive features, and the plurality of connecting shafts are non-rotatable. 根据权利要求49所述的电的开关,其中,所述传动轴依次穿过多个所述连接轴的轴孔并与多个所述连接轴相对固定地连接,使多个触头支持同步转动。An electric switch according to claim 49, wherein the transmission shaft passes through the axial holes of the plurality of connecting shafts in sequence and is relatively fixedly connected to the plurality of connecting shafts, so that the plurality of contact supports rotate synchronously. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部设置在至少一个所述第二腔体内或所述驱动部的至少一部分或全部设置在所述第一腔体内。The electrical switch according to claim 9, wherein the driving part is arranged in at least one of the second cavities or at least a part or all of the driving part is arranged in the first cavity. 根据权利要求9所述的电的开关,其中,所述驱动部与所述触头支持在所述触头支持的上端、下端、第二腔体的触头支持上、触头支持的中间的任意部位或以上部位的任意组合或触头支持上的连接轴进行机械结构连接。The electrical switch according to claim 9, wherein the drive portion is mechanically connected to the contact support at the upper end, the lower end, the contact support of the second cavity, any part in the middle of the contact support, or any combination of the above parts, or a connecting shaft on the contact support. 根据权利要求53所述的电的开关,其中,所述机械结构连接为以下的任意一种或任意组合:连杆、轴、齿条、齿轮。An electric switch according to claim 53, wherein the mechanical structure connection is any one or any combination of the following: a connecting rod, a shaft, a rack, and a gear. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构为机械控制机构、电动控制机构或电磁驱动控制机构。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the control mechanism is a mechanical control mechanism, an electric control mechanism or an electromagnetic drive control mechanism. 根据权利要求55所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构设置在所述第一腔体或/和第二腔体内。An electrical switch according to claim 55, wherein the control mechanism is arranged in the first cavity and/or the second cavity. 根据权利要求55所述的电的开关,其中,所述机械控制机构包括操作手柄、多连杆机构、弹簧。An electric switch according to claim 55, wherein the mechanical control mechanism comprises an operating handle, a multi-link mechanism, and a spring. 根据权利要求55所述的电的开关,其中,所述电动控制机构至少包括电动机、齿轮传动机构或多连杆机构和电子控制器。An electric switch according to claim 55, wherein the electric control mechanism comprises at least a motor, a gear transmission mechanism or a multi-link mechanism and an electronic controller. 根据权利要求55所述的电的开关,其中,所述电磁驱动控制机构至少包括电磁铁和多连杆机构。An electric switch according to claim 55, wherein the electromagnetic drive control mechanism comprises at least an electromagnet and a multi-link mechanism. 根据权利要求57或58或59所述的电的开关,其中,所述多连杆机构为至少四连杆结构。 An electrical switch according to claim 57, 58 or 59, wherein the multi-link mechanism is at least a four-link structure. 根据权利要求8所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持同时做1~50mm移动和10~130度角转动,所述触头支持上设置有齿轮结构。The electric switch according to claim 8, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to make the contact support move 1 to 50 mm and rotate 10 to 130 degrees at the same time, and a gear structure is provided on the contact support. 根据权利要求8或61所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持同时做1~50mm移动和10~130度角转动,所述绝缘外壳上设置有齿条结构。An electrical switch according to claim 8 or 61, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to cause the contact support to simultaneously move 1 to 50 mm and rotate 10 to 130 degrees, and a rack structure is provided on the insulating housing. 根据权利要求8或53所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持同时做1~50mm移动和10~130度角转动,所述触头支持由机械结构与所述控制机构的驱动部活动连接驱动所述触头支持进行前、后移动和转动。An electrical switch according to claim 8 or 53, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to cause the contact support to move 1 to 50 mm and rotate 10 to 130 degrees at the same time, and the contact support is movably connected to the driving part of the control mechanism by a mechanical structure to drive the contact support to move forward and backward and rotate. 根据权利要求6所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持转动10~130度角,所述触头支持的端部设置有与触头支持中心轴线同轴的孔或轴或凸起或与触头支持中心轴线不同轴的臂或孔或轴或凸起。An electric switch according to claim 6, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to rotate the contact support by 10 to 130 degrees, and the end of the contact support is provided with a hole or shaft or protrusion coaxial with the central axis of the contact support or an arm or hole or shaft or protrusion not coaxial with the central axis of the contact support. 根据权利要求6所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持转动10~130度角,所述触头支持的侧部设置有与触头支持中心轴线不同轴的孔或轴或凸起或臂。An electrical switch according to claim 6, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to rotate the contact support by 10 to 130 degrees, and the side of the contact support is provided with a hole or shaft or protrusion or arm that is not coaxial with the central axis of the contact support. 根据权利要求6或53所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持转动10~130度角,所述触头支持由机械结构与所述控制机构的驱动部活动连接驱动所述触头支持进行转动。An electrical switch according to claim 6 or 53, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to rotate the contact support by 10 to 130 degrees, and the contact support is driven to rotate by a mechanical structure that is movably connected to the driving part of the control mechanism. 根据权利要求7所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持移动1~50mm,所述触头支持的端部设置有与触头支持中心轴线同轴的孔或轴或凸起或与触头支持中心轴线不同轴的臂或孔或轴或凸起。An electric switch according to claim 7, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to move the contact support by 1 to 50 mm, and the end of the contact support is provided with a hole or shaft or protrusion coaxial with the central axis of the contact support or an arm or hole or shaft or protrusion not coaxial with the central axis of the contact support. 根据权利要求7所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持移动1~50mm,所述触头支持的侧部设置有与触头支持中心轴线不同轴的孔或轴或凸起或臂。An electric switch according to claim 7, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to move the contact support by 1 to 50 mm, and the side of the contact support is provided with a hole or shaft or protrusion or arm that is not coaxial with the central axis of the contact support. 根据权利要求7或53所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构直接或间接地驱动所述触头支持的端部或侧部使所述触头支持移动1~50mm,所述触头支持由机械结构与所述控制机构的驱动部活动连接驱动所述触头支持进行前、后移动。An electrical switch according to claim 7 or 53, wherein the control mechanism directly or indirectly drives the end or side of the contact support to move the contact support by 1 to 50 mm, and the contact support is movably connected to the driving part of the control mechanism by a mechanical structure to drive the contact support to move forward and backward. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一腔体和第二腔体均由至少两个绝缘件组成。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the first cavity and the second cavity are each composed of at least two insulating members. 根据权利要求70所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一腔体与第二腔体相邻的两个绝缘件为一体化结构。An electric switch according to claim 70, wherein the two insulating parts adjacent to the first cavity and the second cavity are an integrated structure. 根据权利要求70所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一腔体与第二腔体至少都由上绝缘件、下绝缘件上下拼接而成。The electrical switch according to claim 70, wherein the first cavity and the second cavity are at least formed by upper and lower insulating parts being spliced together. 根据权利要求70所述的电的开关,其中,所述绝缘件上设置有滑槽,所述滑槽沿X轴的开关长度方向设置。An electric switch according to claim 70, wherein a slide groove is provided on the insulating member, and the slide groove is arranged along the switch length direction of the X-axis. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持在所述第一腔体内或/和所述多个第二腔体内设置有与触头支持中心轴线同轴的孔或轴或凸起。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the contact support is provided with a hole, a shaft or a protrusion coaxial with the central axis of the contact support in the first cavity or/and the plurality of second cavities. 根据权利要求74所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持的端部设置有与触头支持中心轴线同轴的圆凸台,所述圆凸台内侧开设有连接多个所述触头支持的通孔或槽,所述触头支持绕所述圆凸台轴心转动。According to the electric switch of claim 74, the end of the contact support is provided with a circular boss coaxial with the central axis of the contact support, and the inner side of the circular boss is provided with a through hole or groove connecting a plurality of the contact supports, and the contact support rotates around the axis of the circular boss. 根据权利要求75所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持的通孔或槽内设置有连接轴,将多个所述触头支持沿Z轴的开关高度方向拼装成一体。According to the electrical switch of claim 75, a connecting shaft is provided in the through hole or groove of the contact support, so that a plurality of the contact supports are assembled into one piece along the switch height direction of the Z axis. 根据权利要求76所述的电的开关,其中,设置有多个动触头的触头支持为一体化设置或具有力矩传动的阴、阳结构进行拼接的分体式设置。According to the electric switch of claim 76, the contact support having multiple moving contacts is an integrated arrangement or a split arrangement in which the female and male structures having torque transmission are spliced. 根据权利要求75所述的电的开关,其中,所述触头支持的圆凸台可插入所述绝缘件的滑槽内,所述圆凸台可在所述滑槽内移动和转动。An electric switch according to claim 75, wherein the circular boss supported by the contact can be inserted into the slide groove of the insulating member, and the circular boss can move and rotate in the slide groove. 根据权利要求75所述的电的开关,其中,所述圆凸台上设置有轴承,所述轴承可在所述滑槽内移动和转动。An electric switch according to claim 75, wherein a bearing is provided on the circular boss, and the bearing can move and rotate in the slide groove. 根据权利要求73所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构沿X轴的开关长度方向也设置有第三滑槽,所述控制机构上的第三滑槽与所述绝缘件上的滑槽平行设置。 According to the electric switch according to claim 73, the control mechanism is also provided with a third slide groove along the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the third slide groove on the control mechanism is arranged parallel to the slide groove on the insulating member. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头和静触头为双断点结构。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the moving contact and the stationary contact are of a double-breakpoint structure. 根据权利要求81所述的电的开关,其中,所述第二腔体内设置有两个静触头,所述动触头的两端设有两个接触部,所述触头支持在所述控制机构的直接或间接作用下将动触头的两个接触部与两个静触头进行电的接触和分离。An electric switch according to claim 81, wherein two stationary contacts are arranged in the second cavity, two contact parts are arranged at both ends of the moving contact, and the contact support electrically contacts and separates the two contact parts of the moving contact with the two stationary contacts under the direct or indirect action of the control mechanism. 根据权利要求82所述的电的开关,其中,所述绝缘外壳沿Y轴方向两边扣合形成多个第二腔体,所述第二腔体中至少设置有驱动部、动触头、静触头、触头支持、灭弧室、接线端、导弧板,层与层之间还设有连杆进行联动使各层之间的动触头具有联动性。According to the electric switch of claim 82, wherein the insulating shell is buckled on both sides along the Y-axis direction to form a plurality of second cavities, wherein at least a driving part, a moving contact, a stationary contact, a contact support, an arc extinguishing chamber, a terminal, and an arc guide plate are provided in the second cavity, and connecting rods are provided between the layers to link the moving contacts between the layers. 根据权利要求83所述的电的开关,其中,所述第二腔体至少为由二个按Z轴方向层叠布置。An electric switch according to claim 83, wherein the second cavity is composed of at least two arranged in a stacked manner in the Z-axis direction. 根据权利要求83所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头与静触头的两个分离轨迹外侧均设有灭弧室。An electric switch according to claim 83, wherein arc extinguishing chambers are provided on the outer sides of the two separation tracks of the moving contact and the static contact. 根据权利要求85所述的电的开关,其中,所述灭弧室由多片彼此绝缘设置的金属栅片采用绝缘材料固定设置,其首片对应静触头引弧部末片对应导弧板,所述导弧板将两个灭弧室产生的电弧进行电连接。According to the electric switch of claim 85, the arc extinguishing chamber is composed of multiple metal grids insulated from each other and fixed with insulating materials, the first grid corresponds to the arc-starting part of the static contact and the last grid corresponds to the arc guide plate, and the arc guide plate electrically connects the arcs generated by the two arc extinguishing chambers. 根据权利要求57所述的电的开关,其中,所述操作手柄沿Z轴的开关高度方向设置在所述多连杆机构上方,所述操作手柄可驱动所述多连杆机构再扣、分闸及合闸。An electric switch according to claim 57, wherein the operating handle is arranged above the multi-link mechanism along the switch height direction of the Z-axis, and the operating handle can drive the multi-link mechanism to re-lock, open and close. 根据权利要求87所述的电的开关,其中,所述操作手柄为旋转手柄,所述旋转手柄的转心沿Z轴的开关高度方向设置,所述旋转手柄绕所述转心旋转70~120°。The electric switch according to claim 87, wherein the operating handle is a rotating handle, the center of rotation of the rotating handle is arranged along the switch height direction of the Z axis, and the rotating handle rotates 70 to 120 degrees around the center of rotation. 根据权利要求88所述的电的开关,其中,所述旋转手柄绕所述转心顺时针旋转70~120°,从再扣或分闸位置至合闸位置。An electric switch according to claim 88, wherein the rotary handle rotates 70 to 120° clockwise around the rotation center from the unlocking or opening position to the closing position. 根据权利要求88所述的电的开关,其中,所述旋转手柄绕所述转心顺时针旋转70~120°,从合闸位置至分闸位置。An electric switch according to claim 88, wherein the rotary handle rotates 70 to 120 degrees clockwise around the rotation center from the closing position to the opening position. 根据权利要求87所述的电的开关,其中,所述操作手柄为推拉手柄,所述推拉手柄沿X轴的开关长度方向移动。 An electric switch according to claim 87, wherein the operating handle is a push-pull handle, and the push-pull handle moves along the switch length direction of the X-axis. 根据权利要求91所述的电的开关,其中,所述推拉手柄沿X轴的开关长度方向从后往前移动,所述电的开关从再扣或分闸位置至合闸位置。An electric switch according to claim 91, wherein the push-pull handle moves from back to front along the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the electric switch moves from a unlocking or opening position to a closing position. 根据权利要求91所述的电的开关,其中,所述推拉手柄沿X轴的开关长度方向从前往后移动,所述电的开关从合闸位置至分闸位置。An electrical switch according to claim 91, wherein the push-pull handle moves from front to back along the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the electrical switch moves from a closed position to an open position. 根据权利要求3所述的电的开关,其中,所述灭弧室为由多片金属片相隔并绝缘的组合体。The electric switch according to claim 3, wherein the arc extinguishing chamber is a combination of a plurality of metal sheets separated and insulated. 根据权利要求94所述的电的开关,其中,所述灭弧室设置在动触头或/和静触头的左侧。An electric switch according to claim 94, wherein the arc extinguishing chamber is arranged on the left side of the moving contact and/or the static contact. 根据权利要求94所述的电的开关,其中,所述灭弧室沿X轴的开关长度方向设置于所述第一接线端和所述第二接线端之间,多个灭弧室沿Z轴的开关高度方向层叠设置。An electric switch according to claim 94, wherein the arc extinguishing chamber is arranged between the first terminal and the second terminal along the switch length direction of the X-axis, and a plurality of arc extinguishing chambers are stacked along the switch height direction of the Z-axis. 根据权利要求96所述的电的开关,其中,沿X轴的开关长度方向设置一个总灭弧室或设置多个分灭弧室,多个分灭弧室拼装成总灭弧室。According to the electric switch of claim 96, a total arc extinguishing chamber or a plurality of sub-arc extinguishing chambers are arranged along the switch length direction of the X-axis, and the plurality of sub-arc extinguishing chambers are assembled into a total arc extinguishing chamber. 根据权利要求96所述的电的开关,其中,在所述开关的分闸、合闸过程中,所述动触头的运动轨迹越过所述灭弧室沿长度方向的中心线O,在所述动触头的运动过程中,所述动触头在起始位置位于中心线O的一侧,在终止位置位于中线线O的另一侧。An electric switch according to claim 96, wherein, during the opening and closing process of the switch, the movement trajectory of the moving contact crosses the center line O of the arc extinguishing chamber along the length direction, and during the movement of the moving contact, the moving contact is located on one side of the center line O at the starting position and is located on the other side of the center line O at the ending position. 根据权利要求94所述的电的开关,其中,所述灭弧室与所述外侧的绝缘件间设置有空隙构成电弧通道,所述电弧通道的出口设置在所述动触头打开方向相同或相反的一侧。According to the electric switch of claim 94, a gap is provided between the arc extinguishing chamber and the outer insulating member to form an arc channel, and an outlet of the arc channel is provided on the side which is the same as or opposite to the opening direction of the moving contact. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述内部元件还包括过载脱扣器,所述过载脱扣器至少包括磁短路脱扣器和热过载脱扣器中的一种。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the internal component further comprises an overload release, and the overload release comprises at least one of a magnetic short circuit release and a thermal overload release. 根据权利要求100所述的电的开关,其中,所述过载脱扣器沿X轴的开关长度方向设置在所述第一接线端和第二接线端之间。The electrical switch according to claim 100, wherein the overload release is arranged between the first terminal and the second terminal along the switch length direction of the X-axis. 根据权利要求101所述的电的开关,其中,所述磁短路脱扣器和热过载脱扣器设置在所述静触头上。The electric switch according to claim 101, wherein the magnetic short-circuit release and the thermal overload release are arranged on the stationary contact. 根据权利要求100所述的电的开关,其中,多个所述过载脱扣器沿Z轴的开关高度方向层叠设置,所述过载脱扣器连接有脱扣杆,所述脱扣杆在所述过载脱扣器带动下驱动所述多连杆机构脱扣。According to the electrical switch of claim 100, a plurality of the overload releasers are stacked along the switch height direction of the Z axis, and the overload releasers are connected to a tripping rod, and the tripping rod drives the multi-link mechanism to trip under the drive of the overload releasers. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述控制机构侧设置有分励脱扣器或/和欠压脱扣器或/和报警开关。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein a shunt release and/or an undervoltage release and/or an alarm switch are provided on the control mechanism side. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一腔体内或/和第二腔体内设置有辅助开关。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein an auxiliary switch is provided in the first cavity and/or in the second cavity. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述内部元件还包括电流采集器、电子控制器、磁通变换器。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the internal components further include a current collector, an electronic controller, and a flux converter. 根据权利要求106所述的电的开关,其中,所述电流采集器、所述磁通变换器分别与所述电子控制器电连接。The electric switch according to claim 106, wherein the current collector and the magnetic flux converter are electrically connected to the electronic controller respectively. 根据权利要求106所述的电的开关,其中,所述电子控制器和所述磁通变换器设置在所述第一腔体内。106. An electrical switch as claimed in claim 106, wherein the electronic controller and the flux converter are disposed within the first cavity. 根据权利要求106所述的电的开关,其中,所述电流采集器设置在所述第二腔体内。The electrical switch of claim 106, wherein the current collector is disposed within the second cavity. 根据权利要求106所述的电的开关,其中,所述电子控制器呈独立的单元模块挂接在所述电的开关的下方。The electric switch according to claim 106, wherein the electronic controller is an independent unit module hung under the electric switch. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,设置在多个所述第二腔体内的内部元件层叠构成二极电的开关或三极电的开关或四极电的开关。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the internal elements arranged in the plurality of second cavities are stacked to form a two-pole electrical switch, a three-pole electrical switch, or a four-pole electrical switch. 根据权利要求111所述的电的开关,其中,所述开关为二极电的开关时,包括第一极开关和第二极开关,所述第一极开关和第二极开关均设置有所述第一接线端和第二接线端。The electrical switch according to claim 111, wherein the switch is a two-pole electrical switch, comprising a first-pole switch and a second-pole switch, and the first-pole switch and the second-pole switch are both provided with the first terminal and the second terminal. 根据权利要求112所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一极开关与第二极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端沿Y轴的开关宽度方向左右相互错开并沿Z轴的开关高度方向上下绝缘地分布设置。An electrical switch according to claim 112, wherein the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the first pole switch and the second pole switch are staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y axis and are insulated and distributed up and down along the switch height direction of the Z axis. 根据权利要求113所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一极开关与第二极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端沿X轴的开关长度方向呈前后相互错开并绝缘地分布设置。An electrical switch according to claim 113, wherein the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the first pole switch and the second pole switch are staggered and insulated from each other in the front-to-back direction of the switch length along the X-axis. 根据权利要求111所述的电的开关,其中,所述开关为三极电的开关时,包括第一极开关、第二极开关和第三极开关,所述第一极开关、第二极开关和第三极开关均设置有所述第一接线端和第二接线端。 The electrical switch according to claim 111, wherein the switch is a three-pole electrical switch, comprising a first-pole switch, a second-pole switch and a third-pole switch, and the first-pole switch, the second-pole switch and the third-pole switch are all provided with the first terminal and the second terminal. 根据权利要求115所述的一种电的开关,其中,所述第一极开关、第二极开关、第三极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端左右相互错开并上下绝缘地分布设置,所述第二极开关上设置的第一接线端或/和第二接线端往上重叠设置的第一极开关的绝缘外壳上设置有第二通孔。An electrical switch according to claim 115, wherein the first terminals and/or the second terminals of the first-pole switch, the second-pole switch, and the third-pole switch are staggered left and right and insulated from top to bottom, and a second through hole is provided on the insulating housing of the first-pole switch on which the first terminal and/or the second terminal arranged on the second-pole switch overlap upward. 根据权利要求110所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一极开关、第二极开关、第三极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端沿Y轴的开关宽度方向左右相互错开并沿Z轴的开关高度方向上下绝缘地分布设置,所述第三极开关上设置的第一接线端或/和第二接线端往上重叠设置的开关的绝缘外壳上设置有第三通孔。The electrical switch according to claim 110, wherein the first terminals and/or the second terminals of the first pole switch, the second pole switch and the third pole switch are staggered left and right along the switch width direction of the Y axis and are distributed and insulated up and down along the switch height direction of the Z axis, and a third through hole is provided on the insulating housing of the switch on which the first terminal and/or the second terminal arranged on the third pole switch is overlapped upward. 根据权利要求111所述的电的开关,其中,所述开关为四极电的开关时,包括第一极开关、第二极开关、第三极开关和第四极开关,所述第一极开关、第二极开关、第三极开关和第四极开关均设置有所述第一接线端和第二接线端。The electrical switch according to claim 111, wherein the switch is a four-pole electrical switch, comprising a first pole switch, a second pole switch, a third pole switch and a fourth pole switch, and the first pole switch, the second pole switch, the third pole switch and the fourth pole switch are all provided with the first terminal and the second terminal. 根据权利要求118所述的电的开关,其中,所述第四极开关设置在所述第三极开关的下方,所述第四极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端与第一极开关、第二极开关、第三极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端左右错开不同轴设置或同轴设置。The electrical switch according to claim 118, wherein the fourth pole switch is arranged below the third pole switch, and the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the fourth pole switch are staggered left and right with the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the first pole switch, the second pole switch, and the third pole switch, and are arranged non-coaxially or coaxially. 根据权利要求118所述的电的开关,其中,所述第四极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端与第一极开关或第二极开关或第三极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端呈同轴设置时,所述第一极开关或第二极开关或第三极开关的第一接线端或/和第二接线端上的接线装置部分零件为可拆卸。An electric switch according to claim 118, wherein when the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the fourth pole switch are coaxially arranged with the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the first pole switch or the second pole switch or the third pole switch, some parts of the wiring device on the first terminal and/or the second terminal of the first pole switch or the second pole switch or the third pole switch are detachable. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述螺丝压接装置至少包括螺钉、接线板或/和螺母,所述螺钉压紧方向沿所述开关的长度方向设置。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the screw crimping device comprises at least a screw, a terminal block and/or a nut, and the screw pressing direction is arranged along the length direction of the switch. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述提拉式装置至少包括螺钉、接线板或/和接线框,所述接线螺钉的压紧方向与所述开关的高度方向呈1~60度夹角。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the lifting device comprises at least a screw, a wiring board and/or a wiring frame, and the pressing direction of the wiring screw forms an angle of 1 to 60 degrees with the height direction of the switch. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述压板装置至少包括螺钉、接线板、压板或/和弹垫或平垫或螺母,所述螺钉拧紧操作时,使设置在接线板与压板之间的外接导电排受力并被紧固。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the pressure plate device comprises at least a screw, a terminal block, a pressure plate and/or a spring washer or a flat washer or a nut, and when the screw is tightened, the external conductive bar arranged between the terminal block and the pressure plate is subjected to force and tightened. 根据权利要求123所述的电的开关,其中,所述接线板上设有与所述螺钉相匹配的螺纹孔或通孔及螺母。An electric switch according to claim 123, wherein the terminal block is provided with threaded holes or through holes and nuts matching the screws. 根据权利要求123所述的电的开关,其中,所述压板为L型,所述压板的中间位置设有可以通过所述螺钉的通孔,所述压板的直角端远离外接导电排,所述压板的直面端压接于外接导电排之上,且所述直面端设有凸起部,所述凸起部与所述通孔之间的距离小于所述直角端与所述通孔之间的距离。According to claim 123, the electric switch, wherein the pressure plate is L-shaped, a through hole through which the screw can pass is provided in the middle of the pressure plate, the right-angle end of the pressure plate is away from the external conductive bar, the straight-face end of the pressure plate is crimped onto the external conductive bar, and the straight-face end is provided with a protrusion, and the distance between the protrusion and the through hole is smaller than the distance between the right-angle end and the through hole. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述第一接线端或第二接线端在不同相、极呈上下设置的的中轴线或中心轴线为同轴设置时,所述第一接线端或第二接线端设置有所述提拉式装置,所述提拉式装置至少包含螺钉、接线板、接线框或/和极间联动绝缘件或/和防松弹簧。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein when the central axis or center axis of the first terminal or the second terminal arranged vertically in different phases and poles is coaxially arranged, the first terminal or the second terminal is provided with the pulling device, and the pulling device at least includes a screw, a terminal board, a terminal frame and/or an inter-pole linkage insulating member and/or an anti-loosening spring. 根据权利要求126所述的电的开关,其中,所述接线板、接线框设有通孔,所述接线板设于接线框中,所述极间联动绝缘件、防松弹簧与所述通孔同轴设置。The electric switch according to claim 126, wherein the terminal block and the terminal frame are provided with through holes, the terminal block is arranged in the terminal frame, and the inter-pole linkage insulating member and the anti-loosening spring are arranged coaxially with the through holes. 根据权利要求126或127所述的电的开关,其中,所述螺钉、接线框、接线板、防松弹簧、极间联动绝缘件以Z轴方向依次重叠排列,根据相、极数量进行重复叠加。According to claim 126 or 127, the electric switch, the screws, the terminal frame, the terminal board, the anti-loosening spring, and the inter-pole linkage insulating member are arranged in sequence and overlapped in the Z-axis direction, and are repeatedly superimposed according to the number of phases and poles. 根据权利要求126所述的电的开关,其中,所述螺钉和所述极间联动绝缘件中的一个上设置有固定轴,另一个上设置有固定孔,所述固定轴为方轴或多边形轴,所述固定孔为方孔或多边形孔。An electric switch according to claim 126, wherein a fixing shaft is provided on one of the screw and the inter-pole linkage insulator, and a fixing hole is provided on the other, the fixing shaft is a square shaft or a polygonal shaft, and the fixing hole is a square hole or a polygonal hole. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述多个动触头铰接在所述触头支持上,与所述触头支持的中心轴线同轴或不同轴设置。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the plurality of moving contacts are hinged on the contact support and are arranged coaxially or non-coaxially with the central axis of the contact support. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头与所述静触头沿X轴的开关长度方向相对设置。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the moving contact and the stationary contact are arranged opposite to each other along the switch length direction of the X-axis. 根据权利要求131所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头与所述静触头在XY平面呈一夹角a,所述动触头靠近所述静触头时,所述夹角a逐渐减小,所述动触头远离所述静触头时,所述夹角a逐渐变大。According to the electric switch of claim 131, the moving contact and the stationary contact form an angle a in the XY plane, and when the moving contact approaches the stationary contact, the angle a gradually decreases, and when the moving contact moves away from the stationary contact, the angle a gradually increases. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头与所述静触头的接触方式为平面压力接触或夹头式接触。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein the contact mode between the moving contact and the stationary contact is plane pressure contact or clamping contact. 根据权利要求133所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头或静触头为夹头,所述动触头和触头支持在控制机构的直接或间接作用下运动,使动触头与静触头进行电的接触和分离。According to the electric switch of claim 133, the moving contact or the stationary contact is a clamp, and the moving contact and the contact support move under the direct or indirect action of the control mechanism, so that the moving contact and the stationary contact are electrically contacted and separated. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头与所述第一接线端之间连接有软导线或活动接触硬导体。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein a soft wire or a movable contact hard conductor is connected between the moving contact and the first terminal. 根据权利要求135所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头一端设置为平面与设置有平面的硬导体活动连接,平面上设置有运动支点的孔,另一端上设置有合金触点。An electrical switch according to claim 135, wherein one end of the moving contact is arranged as a plane and movably connected to a hard conductor provided with the plane, a hole for a moving fulcrum is arranged on the plane, and an alloy contact is arranged on the other end. 根据权利要求135所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头为角形状,所述角形状的拐角处设置有作为运动支点的孔或凸起状,所述角形状的一臂的端部上设置有合金触点,另一臂的端部连接有软导线。According to the electric switch of claim 135, the moving contact is in an angular shape, a hole or a protrusion serving as a moving fulcrum is provided at the corner of the angular shape, an alloy contact is provided at the end of one arm of the angular shape, and a soft wire is connected to the end of the other arm. 根据权利要求135所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头为条形状,所述条形状的中间部位设置有作为运动支点的孔或凸起状,所述条形状的一端部上设置有合金触点,另一端部连接有软导线。According to the electric switch of claim 135, the moving contact is in the shape of a strip, a hole or a protrusion serving as a moving fulcrum is provided in the middle portion of the strip, an alloy contact is provided on one end of the strip, and a soft wire is connected to the other end. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头以水平轴向设置。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein the movable contact is arranged in a horizontal axial direction. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述开关分闸过程中,所述动触头由第一接线端向第二接线端方向运动。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein during the opening process of the switch, the moving contact moves from the first terminal to the second terminal. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述动触头与第一接线端之间设置有绝缘外壳,所述该处的绝缘外壳呈密闭状态设置。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein an insulating shell is provided between the moving contact and the first terminal, and the insulating shell therein is provided in a sealed state. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述压板装置或螺丝压接装置上设置有导电体,所述导电体为部分具有柔性状或开设有纵向或/和横向的局部的下陷形状。The electrical switch according to claim 1, wherein a conductor is provided on the pressure plate device or the screw crimping device, and the conductor is partially flexible or has a longitudinal and/or lateral local depression. 根据权利要求1所述的电的开关,其中,所述第二接线端的绝缘外壳端部设置有电弧出气口。The electric switch according to claim 1, wherein an arc outlet is provided at an end of the insulating housing of the second terminal. 一种配电系统,其中,包括多组导电排和至少一个如权利要求1-143任一项所述的电的开关,所述至少一个电的开关的多个第一接线端与所述多组导电排直接或间接连接。 A power distribution system, comprising a plurality of groups of conductive bars and at least one electrical switch as described in any one of claims 1 to 143, wherein a plurality of first terminals of the at least one electrical switch are directly or indirectly connected to the plurality of groups of conductive bars. 根据权利要求144所述的配电系统,其中,所述多组导电排以水平或垂直方向布置,所述电的开关跟随多组导电排沿水平或垂直方向进行布置。The power distribution system according to claim 144, wherein the multiple groups of conductive bars are arranged in a horizontal or vertical direction, and the electrical switches are arranged along the horizontal or vertical direction following the multiple groups of conductive bars. 根据权利要求145所述的配电系统,其中,所述导电排为平面直条状或所述导电排的一侧设置孔或开口或凹槽或凸起。The power distribution system according to claim 145, wherein the conductive bar is in the shape of a flat straight bar or a hole, opening, groove or protrusion is provided on one side of the conductive bar. 根据权利要求146所述的配电系统,其中,所述导电排为平面直条状时,导电排任意一侧与所述电的开关的第一接线端直接或间接固定连接,所述导电排一侧设置孔或开口或凹槽或凸起时,其设置孔或开口或凹槽或凸起的一侧与所述电的开关的第一接线端直接或间接固定连接。The power distribution system according to claim 146, wherein when the conductive bar is in the shape of a flat straight strip, any one side of the conductive bar is directly or indirectly fixedly connected to the first terminal of the electrical switch, and when a hole or opening or groove or protrusion is provided on one side of the conductive bar, the side on which the hole or opening or groove or protrusion is provided is directly or indirectly fixedly connected to the first terminal of the electrical switch. 根据权利要求144所述的配电系统,其中,所述第一接线端的导电体伸出或短于开关的绝缘外壳。The power distribution system of claim 144, wherein the conductor of the first terminal protrudes out of or is shorter than an insulating housing of the switch. 根据权利要求144所述的配电系统,其中,所述多组导电排至少由一条或二条导电排组成。The power distribution system according to claim 144, wherein the multiple groups of conductive bars consist of at least one or two conductive bars. 根据权利要求144或149所述的配电系统,其中,所述二条导电排组成一组的导电排之间设置有间距,所述多个第一接线端插入所述的间距内分别与所述导电排进行电的连接。The power distribution system according to claim 144 or 149, wherein a spacing is provided between the conductive bars forming a group of two conductive bars, and the plurality of first wiring terminals are inserted into the spacing to be electrically connected to the conductive bars respectively. 根据权利要求144或149所述的配电系统,其中,所述第一接线端设置有夹头装置与导电排的平面端相连接固定。The power distribution system according to claim 144 or 149, wherein the first terminal is provided with a clamping device connected and fixed to the planar end of the conductive bar. 根据权利要求144或149所述的配电系统,其中,所述第一接线端设置有螺丝压紧装置通过螺丝或/和导电连接条与所述导电排的孔或开口或平面直接进行连接固定。According to the power distribution system of claim 144 or 149, the first terminal is provided with a screw clamping device for directly connecting and fixing with the hole, opening or plane of the conductive bar by screws and/or conductive connecting strips. 根据权利要求144或149所述的配电系统,其中,所述多组导电排伸进所述电的开关的绝缘外壳内与第一接线端邻近或设置在第一接线端上由压接件压接固定。The power distribution system according to claim 144 or 149, wherein the plurality of groups of conductive bars extend into the insulating housing of the electrical switch and are adjacent to or arranged on the first terminal and are crimped and fixed by a crimping piece. 根据权利要求144或149所述的配电系统,其中,所述第一接线端设置有提拉式装置通过螺丝与接线框螺纹配合收紧接线板与接线框之间的间隙,使插入间隙的导电排与接线板之间被压紧固定。 According to the power distribution system of claim 144 or 149, the first terminal is provided with a pulling device for tightening the gap between the terminal block and the terminal frame by means of screws cooperating with the thread of the terminal frame, so that the conductive bar inserted into the gap is pressed and fixed between the terminal block.
PCT/CN2024/131844 2023-11-14 2024-11-13 Electric switch and power distribution system Pending WO2025103380A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202311515028 2023-11-14
CN202311515028.4 2023-11-14
CN202410987090.1 2024-07-23
CN202410987090.1A CN120015556A (en) 2023-11-14 2024-07-23 An electric switch and a power distribution system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025103380A1 true WO2025103380A1 (en) 2025-05-22

Family

ID=95670255

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/131844 Pending WO2025103380A1 (en) 2023-11-14 2024-11-13 Electric switch and power distribution system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN120015556A (en)
WO (1) WO2025103380A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN120566330A (en) * 2025-07-29 2025-08-29 德勒科技有限公司 An intelligent cable branch box capable of remote monitoring

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4417222A (en) * 1980-06-11 1983-11-22 Brown, Boveri & Co. Aktiengesellschaft Circuit breaker
CN207217435U (en) * 2017-05-23 2018-04-10 浙江正泰电器股份有限公司 Breaker
CN209103988U (en) * 2018-09-13 2019-07-12 浙江正泰电器股份有限公司 Split pole type double power supply automatic transfer switch
CN213184182U (en) * 2020-07-24 2021-05-11 上海正泰智能科技有限公司 Switch electric appliance
WO2022134743A1 (en) * 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 天津首瑞智能电气有限公司 Switch
CN115547718A (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-12-30 天津首瑞智能电气有限公司 Electrical switch
CN115621085A (en) * 2021-07-16 2023-01-17 上海正泰智能科技有限公司 breaker
CN219696374U (en) * 2023-03-17 2023-09-15 天津首瑞智能电气有限公司 Electric breaker

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4417222A (en) * 1980-06-11 1983-11-22 Brown, Boveri & Co. Aktiengesellschaft Circuit breaker
CN207217435U (en) * 2017-05-23 2018-04-10 浙江正泰电器股份有限公司 Breaker
CN209103988U (en) * 2018-09-13 2019-07-12 浙江正泰电器股份有限公司 Split pole type double power supply automatic transfer switch
CN213184182U (en) * 2020-07-24 2021-05-11 上海正泰智能科技有限公司 Switch electric appliance
CN115547718A (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-12-30 天津首瑞智能电气有限公司 Electrical switch
WO2022134743A1 (en) * 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 天津首瑞智能电气有限公司 Switch
CN115621085A (en) * 2021-07-16 2023-01-17 上海正泰智能科技有限公司 breaker
CN219696374U (en) * 2023-03-17 2023-09-15 天津首瑞智能电气有限公司 Electric breaker

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN120566330A (en) * 2025-07-29 2025-08-29 德勒科技有限公司 An intelligent cable branch box capable of remote monitoring
CN120566330B (en) * 2025-07-29 2025-10-10 德勒科技有限公司 Intelligent cable branch box capable of being monitored remotely

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120015556A (en) 2025-05-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN213184182U (en) Switch electric appliance
EP3483913B1 (en) Conductive loop of circuit breaker
CN112820591A (en) Internet of things miniature circuit breaker
WO2025103380A1 (en) Electric switch and power distribution system
WO2024255387A1 (en) Two-pole direct-current special power equipment
CN113972118A (en) Arc extinguishing chamber and switching device
CN109559947B (en) Multi-pole circuit breaker
CN113745067A (en) Wind power integrated circuit breaker
CN221747138U (en) Arc striking structure and circuit breaker
CN220509950U (en) Direct current breaker
CN219778793U (en) Electronic molded case circuit breaker
CN219696359U (en) Plastic case circuit breaker controlled by external signal
CN216015227U (en) Wind-power integrated circuit breaker
CN218160225U (en) Circuit breaker
CN217061962U (en) Novel double-column type miniature circuit breaker capable of preventing wiring looseness
CN213184178U (en) Contact mechanism and switching device
CN209000813U (en) A kind of longitudinal direction isolated vacuum integral circuit breaker
CN221861569U (en) An electric fusion protection device
CN207302967U (en) A kind of internal structure is easily installed circuit protection breaker
CN115547716A (en) Arc extinguishing system for an electrical switch and electrical switch
CN118888406B (en) A modular assembled DC frame circuit breaker
CN222637206U (en) Contact assembly of circuit breaker and circuit breaker
CN222826331U (en) A circuit breaker
CN217544509U (en) Electromagnetic type remote opening and closing low-voltage circuit breaker
CN220155471U (en) Thermal magnetic tripping mechanism

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24890735

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1